Home

Hummer h3 Automobile User Manual

1. sececeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 22 COOlNG SYSTEM wx s sieeeeheseiccacdlivesee nana irai 5 31 Cruise Control cccceeeeceececeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeees 3 11 Cruise Control Light eceeeeeeeeeeneeeeee eee eeaes 3 39 CUPHOIJET S c23vccctaneceneens duyseadyattacentetadementcencies 2 56 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation cceeeeeeneeeeeneee ees 7 9 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users ancen 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices ceeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 00 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 15 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 0ceeeeeeeee ees 7 15 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government eeeeeeeeee 7 14 Roadside Assistance Program s c 7 6 Service Publications Ordering Information 7 15 Daytime Running Lamps cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 17 Defensive Driving eececeeneeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Doing Your Own Service Work c eee 5 4 Dome Lamp irre te niga Aca N EE 3 19 Dome Lamp Override cceeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneees 3 20 Door LOCKS sce canec aches eds a a a E 2 7 Power Door LOCKShsnicsisiraisenui manane aras 2 8 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 8 Rear Door Security LOCKS 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 9 Driver In
2. 1 37 A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 38 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed ina crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child res
3. c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 1 42 License Plate Lamps c sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 51 Light Airbag Readiness c ecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeetenees 3 29 Antilock Brake System Warning 0 00 3 34 Brake System Warning seeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 33 Charging System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 32 Crise Control iesirea niei canes 3 39 Fighbeamy OM rastssenieerneini nnn a a 3 39 Malfunction Indicator ssrerarrsiannniois 3 36 Qil PresSUre 2siiceclsseriedeieaietietieias bats 3 38 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 30 Safety Belt Reminders c eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 28 SECUN cearccat atnec site acece san E RS 3 39 StabiliTrak Not Ready cccceeeeeeeeeeenees 3 34 Light cont Tire Pr SSUIC ccceceeeecec ee norinni 3 35 Traction Off cerrar een r a aaar EEE 3 34 USM eaaa a a E E 3 32 Lighting EXit E E E 3 20 Lights Exterior Lamps krisan pe 3 15 Flash to PaSS senarna eea 3 9 High Low Beam Changer 0cceseeeeeeeneee tenes 3 9 On REMINGER si cccec2ec daciesdcieeenendaeeeeecelss ceteies 3 16 Loading Your Vehicle 2 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eres 4 42 Locking Rear Axle wi ciieciectaccetstecse ces eedessewet eens 4 6 Lockout Protection ccccececee nsec eeeeeeeee teenies 2 9 Locks DOOP wesdeisesessesiad ecd5te ho a E TEER 2 7 Lockout Protection ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 9 Power D
4. 3 33 Antilock Brake System Warning Light That is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light will come on briefly when you start the engine If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off if the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 33 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 for all brake related DIC messages 3 34 Traction Off Light f ee This light will come on briefly when the ignition is turned to ON if it does not the system may require service For more information on the traction off light see Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 StabiliTrak Not Ready Light If you have the StabiliTrak system this light will come on when the StabiliTrak system has been turned off This light will come on briefly wh
5. 2 cceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeetenees 3 21 Outside Convex Mirror cccececeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 44 Power MINMOMS eeaeee eree naea eaaa AEA 2 43 Owner Checks and Services ecceeeeee eee eeees 6 9 Owners Canadian cccccccccececeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeaees ii Paint Damage ciciesri end ian 5 98 Park Ald otsene aa E ne 2 44 Park Brake oesie n aen ereraa E E ER 2 32 Park P ONNO IMO seatmate an enar E 2 33 Shing OUT OF icc caceseceaneaupecemeniencateactecsyncesta 2 35 Parking Over Things That Burn ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 36 Parking Your Vehicle 2 ecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 35 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 005 3 30 Passenger Sensing System eseeeeeeeneee ees 1 62 PASSING peta tesssenacteaceiegecec cn steasanhactapdtianeaaenecate 4 10 PASS K y IIP foc cdieacsccccestenesssavadacgcrtdesesandent 2 16 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccccceceeeeeeeee 2 16 PASSIOCK seisine iredi iin RERE EA ATA 2 15 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 4 Power Door OCK S Sagnier e r aes 2 8 Electrical SySteM serenissime iinnesiiiseeiiviin 5 102 bumbar Controls 0 scicisccszgeawes nae a 1 3 Retained Accessory RAP ccce 2 20 SEa a a a 1 3 Steering Fluid cece eee eee eee eee eee eea een eees 5 36 WINGOWS siprann enara anre Ea 2 12 PIIVACY f2 denies nets casites iaaa a a Event Data Recorders Navigation System OSIA A Giese Bec 5 esse
6. 5 2 23 Transmission Operation Manual 066 2 26 Trip Odometer neriesi insonnin eiiis 3 27 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 eeeeeeeee 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ceeeeeeeeeee ee 3 7 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading assecc 5 74 Universal Home Remote System 0 2 51 OPGRALON scemeteecca tite a e EARE 2 52 Up Shift Light s sscscnsetiet ei bee EE weed 3 32 Using this Manual aciscatsccntinceevenztnatsandaceascetseseiecans iii Vehicle COMTO sevccnnsdececas Siduedssnctae oE 4 3 Damage WarningS esiaren ina ea iv Loading eosar erea a 4 42 Parking YOUR sicensenstcinsyiedentstanseiewescnecwiandes 2 35 SVIMOOIS lt cce esa e E E E E iv Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 16 Vehicle Identification Number VIN ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 5 100 Service Parts Identification Label 5 101 Ventilation Adjustment ceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 3 24 NISOUS goa seat mcd bean e e enact 2 13 13 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 25 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages eeeeeeee 3 43 Hazard Warning Flashers a a 3 6 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeee teen ees 3 6 Safety and Symbols oireann nansa iii Vehicle Damage vcisteicsencscoscancnesmecianeagateteadersekss iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance cee 5 75 Different Size 0 cece eee ee ee e
7. A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you start the engine If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message may also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 for more information 3 29 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system aN CAUTION Your instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child ina PASSENGER AIR OM 8 o rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the United States Canada rear facing child restraint would be very close f to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing When you start the vehicle the passenge
8. CAUTION Continued Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the handle with this symbol on it It is located inside the vehicle on the lower left side of the instrument panel 2 Release the secondary latch on the hood It is located below the front center of the hood 3 Lift the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 3 7L engine this is what you will see i zA TOA Se 4s EE SYS e f TS Sy N d lZ amp s S cs 5 12 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 37 Engine Coolant Recovery Tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 27 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Powe
9. Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint the retractor to set the lock pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started 1 53 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions s
10. crash an infant will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint 1 34 A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide 1 35 Q What are the different types of add on child A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restra
11. 6 Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the jack head to the lifting point A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 7 Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire 8 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel Z CAUTION Z CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the 9 Put the spare tire on the mounting surface wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency 10 Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this the nuts toward the wheel after mounting the spare but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts Because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel coul
12. A CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition e Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you e Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in ever
13. Check transmission fuid Tevel and add fuid as needed Moo id Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services i 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 80000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter normal service Change transfer case fluid See footnote g Replace spark plugs and inspect spark plug wires An Emission Control Service Change automatic transmission fluid and filter severe service See footnote h Additional Required Services cont d 150 000 ae 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 80000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote k Maintenance Footnotes Lubricate the front suspension steering linkage and parking brake cable guides Control arm ball joints require lubrication but sho
14. Here are some things to consider e When driving downhill avoid turns that take you across the incline of the hill A hill that is not too steep to drive down may be too steep to drive across You could roll over if you do not drive straight down A CAUTION e Never go downhill with the transmission in i NEUTRAL N This is called free wheeling Your brakes will have to do all the work and could overheat and fade make your vehicle roll over You could be seriously injured or killed If you have any doubt about the steepness of the incline do not drive across it Find another route instead Driving across an incline that is too steep will Your vehicle is much more likely to stall when going uphill But if it happens when going downhill 1 Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes Apply the parking brake 2 If you have an automatic transmission shift to e Ahill that can be driven straight up or down may PARK P While still braking h ine be too steep to drive across When you go straight P e sti braking restart the enge up or down a hill the length of the wheel base the 3 Shift back to a low gear release the parking brake distance from the front wheels to the rear and drive straight down wheels reduces the likelihood the vehicle will 4 If the engine will not start get out and get help tumble end over end But when you drive across an incline the much more narrow track width the
15. The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly on your vehicle excluding the spare tire The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument panel cluster At the same time a Driver Information Center DIC message is displayed on the DIC display screen The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 40 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 for
16. This message displays if there is a problem with the battery charging system Under certain conditions the battery warning light may also turn on in the instrument panel cluster See Charging System Light on page 3 32 The battery will not be charging at an optimal rate and the vehicle will lose the ability to enter the fuel economy mode The vehicle is safe to drive however have the electrical system checked by your dealer retailer Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display SERVICE STAB Stability SYS System This message displays if there is a problem with the StabiliTrak system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer See StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 for more information STAB Stability SYS System OFF This message displays when the StabiliTrak system is turned off See StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 for more information TRAC Traction OFF This message along with the traction off light displays when the Traction Control System TCS is turned off by pressing the TCS button See Traction Off Light on page 3 34 and Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 for more information TRACTION FAULT This message displays if there is a problem with the Traction Control System TCS Check the TCS as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 for more information Press and r
17. Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when driving over rough terrain You or your passengers can be struck by flying objects Secure the cargo properly Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle s center of gravity making it more likely to roll over You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over Put heavy loads inside the cargo area not on the roof Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and low as possible Environmental Concerns Off road driving can provide wholesome and satisfying recreation However it also raises environmental concerns We recognize these concerns and urge every off roader to follow these basic rules for protecting the environment e Always use established trails roads and areas that have been specially set aside for public off road recreational driving obey all posted regulations e Avoid any driving practice that could damage the environment shrubs flowers trees grasses or disturb wildlife This includes wheel spinning breaking down trees or unnecessary driving through streams or over soft ground e Always carry a litter bag make sure all refuse is removed from any campsite before leaving e Take extreme care with open fires where permitted camp stoves and lanterns e Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other combustible materials that could catch fire from the heat of the vehicle s exhaust system Traveling to Remot
18. ceeceeeee eee ee eee es 5 95 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 00 5 95 Finish Cane c vecsetecngaesasaa res reta aeann 5 96 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 97 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim 5 97 MIES cenian higticeasiedacacant sade Dinca teemGetaneee 5 98 Sheet Metal Damage 0 ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 98 Finish Damage sitvcisisetisasgsecawaniad i aa 5 98 Underbody Maintenance sscscseeerernennenennn 5 98 Chemical Paint Spotting ccceeeeeeeeee eee es 5 99 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 99 Vehicle Identification eee 5 100 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 5 100 Service Parts Identification Label 5 101 Electrical System 6 2 0000 cesses eeeceeneee 5 101 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 ee 5 101 Windshield Wiper Fuses icce 5 101 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 102 Fuses and Circuit Breakers a 5 102 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 5 103 Capacities and Specifications 0 5 107 Capacities and Specifications eeee 5 107 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco E Parts GM Goodwrench EM Accessories Accessories and Modificati
19. e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e The format of the CD might not be compatible e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem 3 60 XM Radio Messages xL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked at a customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No Signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When the vehicle is moved into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly CH Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune in to another channel CH Unavail This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Info No artist song title
20. try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Antilock Brake System ABS helps avoid only the braking skid Off Road Driving This off road guide is meant to provide advice for when you drive your vehicle off paved roads Also see Braking on page 4 3 Off road driving can be great fun But it does have some definite hazards The greatest of these is the terrain itself The airbag system is designed to work properly under a wide range of conditions including off road usage Observe safe driving speeds especially on rough terrain As always wear your safety belt Off roading means you have left the great North American road system behind Traffic lanes are not marked Curves are not banked There are no road signs Surfaces can be slippery rough uphill or downhill In short you have gone right back to nature Off road driving involves some new skills And that is why it is very important that you read this guide You will find many driving tips and suggestions These will help make your off road driving safer and more enjoyable Bef
21. Assistance Program eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out Routing Engine Drive Belt Running the Engine While Parked Safety Belt Reminder Ligi scssi iachiateetandics ains 3 28 Safety Belts Care Of eere ear rE E anea EET 5 94 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 16 Lap Shoulder Belt cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 24 Safety Belt Extender c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 30 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 29 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 1 10 Safety Warnings and Symbols eeeeeeeeeeeeees iii Scheduled Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 4 Seats 60 40 Split Bench Seat ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 1 8 Head Restraints ss sccs sec iiie ireann aeiiae 1 7 Heated Seats ceeceeeeeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 4 Power Lumbar cecscciciccctcrdatenneseas cancensementenenaen 1 3 Power Seats si cucur osne naa 1 3 Reclining Seatbacks ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 1 4 Securing a Child Restraint Center Rear Seat Position eeeeeeeeeee 1 50 Rear Outside Seat Position eee 1 48 Right Front Seat Position c eeeeeeeeeeeees 1 51 Secun LIGHT aeree snack aE TRTE 3 39 SEVICE aasan A E 5 3 Accessories and Modifications c ee 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle isc iini an aaa nia 5 5 California Pershlorate Materials
22. For best results clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting od Floor Defog This mode directs the air to the windshield the side window outlets and to the floor outlets When this mode is selected the system runs the air conditioning system unless the outside temperature is near freezing or below Recirculation is not available in this mode 3 24 W Defrost This mode directs most of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets When this mode is selected the system runs the air conditioning system unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Recirculation is not available in this mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window when the key is in the ignition and turned to ON RUN Ka Rear Defogger Press the center of the right knob on the control panel to turn the rear window defogger on or off First press of this button activates the rear window defogger for 15 minutes and each subsequent activation lasts seven and one half minutes Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid Outlet Adjustment Use the air outlets located
23. LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 1 42 Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and
24. Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers retailers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada
25. RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in operating range This is normal for any RKE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement later in this section e If you are still having troub
26. See Engine Oil on page 5 15 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display DOORS This message displays when one or more of the doors is ajar Check all the doors on your vehicle to make sure they are closed The message clears from the display after all of the doors are closed ENG Engine HOT This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is hot Check the engine coolant temperature gage See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 35 Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible if you suspect the engine is overheating See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 for more information FLUID This message displays if the brake fluid is low Check the brake fluid as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer See Brakes on page 5 38 for more information Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display FUEL CAP This message displays if the vehicle s fuel cap is either off or loose Pull over as soon as possible and check to see if the fuel cap is secure You may also see the check engine light on the instrument panel cluster If the check engine light does come on when the fuel cap was loose it may take a few driving trips before the light turns off See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 for more information i
27. The clutch master cylinder reservoir is filled with hydraulic clutch fluid The hydraulic clutch fluid reservoir cap has this symbol on it See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir A ARA location AR It is not necessary to regularly check clutch fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system Adding fluid will not correct a leak A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 5 26 When to Check and What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often you should check the fluid level in your clutch master cylinder reservoir and for the proper fluid See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 How to Check and Add Fluid The proper fluid should be added if the level does not reach the bottom of the diaphragm when it is in place in the reservoir See the instructions on the reservoir cap Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 29 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down
28. When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition the cruise control set speed memory is erased Exterior Lamps The control on the driver s side of your instrument panel operates the exterior lamps Exterior Lamps Turn the knob located to the right of this symbol to choose one of the four exterior lamp positions D Off Turn the knob to this position to turn off all exterior lamps including the Daytime Running Lamps DRL This is a momentary control that springs back to AUTO when released Vehicles first sold in Canada do not have the DRL disable feature available Vehicles first sold in Canada cannot turn off the DRL unless the following conditions are met e The vehicle has an automatic transmission e The gear position is in PARK P e The headlamp switch is turned to the Off position AUTO Automatic Turn the knob to this position to automatically turn on the headlamps at normal brightness together with the following e Sidemarker Lamps e Taillamps e Parking Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights Due to the momentary switch design the automatic headlamps may be disabled even if the control is in the AUTO position To enable automatic lighting do any of the following e Turn the headlamp control from AUTO to off and release the control It will return back to the AUTO position by itself e Turn the headlamp control from the parking lamp or headlamp position to AUTO 3 15 To disable auto
29. Z CAUTION Pde ho You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 1 21 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest A The belt is behind the body 1 22 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it A The belt is twisted across the body Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in y
30. and try to start the engine The vehicle should start only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the way to the floor 6 10 If the vehicle starts when the clutch pedal is not pushed all the way down contact your dealer retailer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 32 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your dealer retailer for service Ignition Transmission Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position e With an automatic transmission the ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in PARK P The ignition key should come out only in LOCK OFF e With a manual transmission the ignition key should come out only in LOCK OFF Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Parking Brake and Automatic Tra
31. be sure to get new A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 107 for wheel nut torque specification To store the flat or spare tire on the spare tire mount 1 Slide the flat or spare tire onto the swing gate In order to store the flat or the spare tire you may need someone to assist you 2 Reinstall the nuts to retain the flat or spare tire 3 Tighten the nuts by hand 4 Use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts firmly Try to move the tire back and forth slightly to be sure it is secure 5 89 5 Reinstall the center tire cover onto the spare or flat tire 6 If your vehicle has a spare tire cover close the cover and latch the side latch To store the jack tool bag and jack 1 Return the tools to the jack tool bag 2 Secure the tool bag to the jack by securely wrapping the straps around the jack Then slide the straps through the rings on the bag and secure 3 Position the jack and jack tool bag in the swing gate When reinstalling the jack and jack tool bag make sure the jack base is securely seated behind the tabs in th
32. but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 5 69 When It Is Time for New Tires You need new tires if any of the following statements are true Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the One way to tell when it is tire s rubber time for new tires is to e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged check the treadwear indicators which appear deep enough to show cord or fabric when your tires have e The tire has a bump bulge or split only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining Some commercial truck tires may not have treadwear indicators e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage 5 70 The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they ge
33. come on 3 28 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel will come on and stay on for several seconds and then flash for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 9 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 54 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds The light should go out and the system is ready If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away
34. distance between the left and right wheels may not prevent the vehicle from tilting and rolling over Also driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels This could cause a downhill slide or a rollover 4 27 e Surface conditions can be a problem when you drive across a hill Loose gravel muddy spots or even wet grass can cause your tires to slip sideways downhill If the vehicle slips sideways it can hit something that will trip it a rock a rut etc and roll over e Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline even worse If you drive across a rock with the uphill wheels or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression your vehicle can tilt even more For reasons like these you need to decide carefully whether to try to drive across an incline Just because the trail goes across the incline does not mean you have to drive it The last vehicle to try it might have rolled over When driving across an incline that is not too steep the vehicle can hit some loose gravel and start to slide downhill If you feel your vehicle starting to slide sideways turn downhill This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent the side slipping However a much better way to prevent this is to get out and walk the course so you know what the surface is like before you drive it 4 28 Stalling on an Incline A CAUTION Getting out on the downhill low side of a vehicle st
35. follow the instructions below This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home automation devices Do not use the Universal Home Remote with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 2 52 Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the Universal Home Remote Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you in the programming the Universal Home Remote Keep the original hand held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future Universal Home Remote programming It is also recommended that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed Universal Home Remote buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section When programming a garage door park outside of the garage Park directly in line with and facing the garage door opener motor head or gate motor head Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate you are programming It is recommended that a new battery be installed in your hand held transmitter for quicker and more accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Programming the Universal Home Remote System If you have questions or nee
36. in the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers cargo equipment and conversions The GCWR for your vehicle should not be exceeded Ask your dealer retailer for our trailering information or advice or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 5 for more information 4 52 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If you have a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in your vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight your vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight your vehicle can tow If you will tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity The trailer tongue weight A should be 10 percent to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B up to a maximum of 500 Ibs 227 kg with a weight carrying hitch or a weight distributing hitch Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle Choose the shortest hitch extension that will position the hitch ball
37. mode to retrieve four different categories of information related to the current song or channel Artist Song Title Category or PTY program type Channel Number Channel Name To change the default on the display press the DISP button until you see the desired display then hold this knob for two seconds The radio produces one beep and the selected display becomes the default AUTO VOL Automatic Volume With automatic volume the audio system adjusts automatically to make up for road and wind noise as you drive Set the volume at the desired level Press to select LOW MEDIUM or HIGH Each higher setting allows for more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Then as you drive automatic volume increases the volume as necessary to overcome noise at any 3 50 speed The volume level should always sound the same to you as you drive NONE displays if the radio cannot determine the vehicle speed To turn automatic volume off press until AVOL OFF displays Finding a Station BAND Press to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped The selection displays d Tune Turn to select radio stations M SEEK P Press and release the arrows to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either arrow for more than two seconds SCN or SCAN displays and the radio produces one beep The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next
38. soenoe eee E A E a 3 22 Assist Steps ree 4 31 Audio System meitas ierann iira Ta Eaa 3 48 Fixed Mast Antenna e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 62 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual ceee 3 61 Radio Reception siririca 3 61 Audio System cont Setting the Time ccccceeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeneees 3 48 Theft Deterrent Feature a 3 61 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 62 Audio System S eeeseceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 49 Automatic Headlamp System 0 eeeeeeeeees 3 17 Automatic Transmission FIUIG sateen eo eieetitvechdentear an EE 5 21 ODEALOMN u escntesmestanieaeeacaenedene case EEEE 2 23 Battery orina a ee eh lees eels 5 41 Electric Power Management eeeeee 3 20 Run Down Protection cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 20 Bench Seat Split 60 40 cc eeeeeeeeee eee eeeee es 1 8 Brake Emergencies cruissent s aE 4 5 Brakes maspion o EAR E E 5 38 System Warning Light c eeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 33 BiAKING s anun aiena e O C 4 3 Braking in Emergencies cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 5 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 18 Bulb Replacement eceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Halogen BUDS v ccccicctstisceces ge eiietdeae deere cdent 5 49 Headlamp Aiming ceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee een es 5 46 Headlamps sacciccsennnascct inen Ee 5 49 Bulb Replacement cont License Plate Lam
39. 10 Fuel cont Filling the Tank jiccssconsnesmapcentnencecteraness eanne 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries 0 cseeeeeneeeeeees 5 7 Gage eie aie hace sce E E GERE 3 40 Gasoline Octane cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenees 5 5 Gasoline Specifications ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 5 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 103 Fuses and Circuit Breakers a se 5 102 Windshield Wiper ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 101 Gage Engine Coolant Temperature e eeeeeees 3 35 UCI E E E T T T 3 40 Speedometer cceeeeeceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 3 27 Tachomete P ocei enee a aa 3 27 Garage Door Opener ecceeeeeeeeeneeeeee eee eeaes 2 51 Gasoline OCTANG aatccacscansteatteecet caress E 5 5 Specifications innrinet neiaie 5 5 Glove BOX iciissaveitierdteants ciasl tia aai e ia e aan 2 56 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 5 7 6 Hazard Warning Flashers seceeeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 6 Head Restas scccsccsstesascaceiiesngiiveded niania 1 7 Headlamp AMINO S522 vied a a E EAE E SA 5 46 Headlamps rrinentacn namra ar 5 49 Bulb Replacement eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Daytime Running Lamps sesesesscesscerreenenn 3 17 Exterior L mMPS rasne itis Geticeset be anane 3 15 Flash to PaaS S r AS 3 9 Halogen BUDS teresccasiececscetiaicncidinewnencwen betes 5 49 High Low Beam Changer seseserseresreererreene 3 9 On Reminder sordera ern E 3
40. 15 Engine Oil Life System n se 5 18 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c ceeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 20 Automatic Transmission Fluid i c 5 21 Manual Transmission Fluid 6 0 000 5 24 Hydraulic CIUtCH 2 2 0 0 cc cee cee ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 26 Engine Coolant 0ceceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 5 27 Radiator Pressure Cap ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 29 Engine Overheating ssceseseeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 29 Cooling System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeeeeneeeeenes 5 31 Engine Fan NoiSe cc ccic cectencatstofentisiarteeeeese 5 36 Power Steering Fluid 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 36 Windshield Washer Fluid ceeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 37 Br ak s ianurie ienaa E E EN ES 5 38 Battery eiri ase aai iede E E Ea 5 41 JUMP Stantin enman aeia iak 5 42 Rear Axle omon taenia a aT 5 45 Four Wheel Drive 0 5 46 Front AxIG irere ai aa 5 46 Headlamp Aiming o 5 46 Bulb Replacement annn 5 49 Halogen BUlDStsir oresar A 5 49 Headlamps remises qrattisgsnceuadsansibecied a 5 49 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up tamps rrise one eo 5 50 License Plate Lamp c seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 51 Replacement Bulbs c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 52 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 52 5 1 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care TIKES sects caesheneeernede eed cntiiccnnantacneuatictasidcntwcaneen Tire Sidewall Labeling
41. 60 Navigation Radio System eeeeeeeeeeeee eres 3 61 Theft Deterrent Feature 0 eceeeeeeeeeee eee 3 61 Radio Reception cceceeceeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeees 3 61 Fixed Mast Antenna eceeeeeeeeneeee eee een ees 3 62 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 62 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview Automatic Transmission shown Manual Transmission similar 3 4 The main components of your instrument panel are the following A B Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 24 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Windshield Washer Wiper See Windshield Wipers on page 3 10 and Windshield Washer on page 3 10 Cruise Controls See Cruise Control on page 3 11 Horn See Horn on page 3 6 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 26 Hazard Warning Flasher Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 All Wheel Drive Passenger Air Bag Status Indicator Locking Rear Axle and Traction Control System StabiliTrak Buttons See Full Time Four Wheel Drive on page 2 27 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 Locking Rear Axle on page 4 6 Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 Exterior Lamps Control Dome Override Button Instrument Panel Brightness Control Fog Lamp Button and OnStar Button See Exterior Lamps on page 3 15 Dome Lamp Ove
42. 8 or if necessary a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions If you have a manual transmission and you are towing a trailer it is better not to use the highest gear Three important considerations have to do with weight The weight of the trailer The weight of the trailer tongue And the weight on your vehicle s tires 4 51 Weight of the Trailer Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required How heavy can a trailer safely be trailering equipment The weight of additional optional It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle speed altitude road grades outside temperature and must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all Use the following chart to determine how much important It can depend on any special equipment that your vehicle can weigh based upon your vehicle you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue model and options weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Enie sd Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR Automatic Transmission 3 7L Engine 4 500 Ibs 2 041 kg 9 500 Ibs 4 309 kg Automatic Transmission 5 3L Engine 6 000 Ibs 2 721 kg 11 400 Ibs 5 171 kg The Gross Combination Weight Rating GCWR
43. Allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches can appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe Turn on the hazard warning flashers Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm 4 37 A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You canno
44. But do not shift the transfer case to NEUTRAL Leave the transfer case in the Four Wheel High Four Wheel High Lock or Four Wheel Low Lock position 4 25 Driving Downhill When off roading takes you downhill you will want to consider a number of things How steep is the downhill Will be able to maintain vehicle control What is the surface like Smooth Rough Slippery Hard packed dirt Gravel Are there hidden surface obstacles Ruts Logs Boulders What is at the bottom of the hill Is there a hidden creek bank or even a river bottom with large rocks 4 26 If you decide you can go down a hill safely then try to keep your vehicle headed straight down and use a low gear This way engine drag can help your brakes and they will not have to do all the work Descend slowly keeping your vehicle under control at all times A CAUTION Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause your brakes to overheat and fade This could cause loss of control and a serious accident Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control There some things not to do when driving down a hill Driving Across an Incline These are important because if you ignore them you could lose control and have a serious accident Sooner or later an off road trail will probably go across the incline of a hill If this happens you have to decide whether to try to drive across the incline
45. E EE RE 2 5 Doors and LOCKS ccccc cee eeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 2 7 Door LOCKS oe cacancsicccttendaatarsaunaatnas amici AEE 2 7 Power Door LOCKS sis weseccntccasesvsesavdacs nn nT 2 8 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 8 Rear Door Security LOCKS eseeeeeeeneee tenes 2 9 Lockout Protection ws 2scscesaAcex ees i havctessecteee awe 2 9 SWING Gate cece cee ec eee eee cence tence eeeeeeeeeaeees 2 10 WINDOWS 6 5sbd acetate anshacosaiens TEES 2 11 Power WINdOWS ccccccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeenenes 2 12 S n ViISOMS isoissa ninnan 2 13 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeeee ees 2 14 Content Theft Deterrent cccceeeeneeeeee es 2 14 Passlock U S Only ccc ccscssssseeeeeesereeeees 2 15 PASS Key IP cccceeteecttsaccascauiquavssewuaeesen nites 2 16 PASS Key Ill Operation Canada Only 2 16 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 18 New Vehicle Break In cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 18 IGNITION POSITIONS Assens 2 18 Retained Accessory Power RAP ccc 2 20 Starting the Engine cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 20 Engine Coolant Heater 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 22 Automatic Transmission Operation 6 2 23 Manual Transmission Operation 000 2 26 Full Time Four Wheel Drive eeeeeeeeee 2 27 Parking Brake onsin s E RAER 2 32 Shifting Into PARK P Auto
46. English default Spanish or French 4 To select a different language press and hold the reset stem until the next language appears 5 Repeat Step 4 until the desired language is displayed Once the desired language is shown on the DIC display the language is set 6 To exit the language selection momentarily press and release the reset stem All DIC messages will now display in the language selected 3 41 Automatic Door Locks This feature allows you to program the door locks to a preferred setting To set your choice for this feature 1 With the engine off turn the key to LOCK OFF Do not remove the key from the ignition 2 Press and hold the power door lock button until the DIC display shows the current door lock mode 3 To view the next available mode press and hold the reset stem until the mode appears Release the reset stem and press and hold again to view the next mode 4 Once the desired mode is shown on the DIC display briefly press the reset stem to set your choice The DIC display then clears The following are the available modes Lock 1 default On vehicles with an automatic transmission this mode locks all of the doors when the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P and unlocks all of the doors when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P On vehicles with a manual transmission this mode locks all of the doors when the vehicle speed is greater than 15 mph 24 km h and unlocks all of the d
47. Modifications on page 5 3 This light comes on as a check to show it is working when the ignition is turned ON RUN but the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light also comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required If the Light is Flashing The following can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed e Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the ignition off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You might be able to correct the emission system malfunction
48. New Tires on page 5 70 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 70 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 75 When rotating your vehicle s tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 65 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 107 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this
49. Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 4 Doing Your Own Work ccceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eenes 5 4 Engine Soon Light scsi csietetntaa eens 3 36 Publications Ordering Information 7 15 Service Scheduling Appointments 08 7 9 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 67 Sheet Metal Damage ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaes 5 98 Shifting Into Park P cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeaes 2 33 Shifting Out of Park P ceeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 2 35 Side Steps uian ea a EEE aE 4 31 Signals Turn and Lane Change 0055 3 8 Spare Tire 2 0 ceeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeee tease tees eeaeeaes 5 91 Installing coisa vacate aciccee Cen eden bs ance nsten eh bebe eaten 5 83 REMOVING osai ca nhseaccexanuandindeaessdename 5 81 SLOMIAG eda aa sais lt oadtinhsacndantedeude sand ese 5 89 Specifications Capacities ceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 107 Speedometer ccccceceeceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 27 Split Bench Seat 60 40 00 0 cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeee tees 1 8 StabiliTrak System ccccccccessssseesssseeeeeeeeeeees 4 7 StabiliTrak Not Ready Light ccccccceeee 3 34 11 Starting the Engine cccceeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeenes SICGKING cices deca TE E A E E E Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0 eeeeeeee ees Storage Areas Convenience Net eceeeeceecee
50. The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less Your vehicle has a remote negative terminal marked GND Ground for this purpose Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 5 44 Notice lf the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the positive battery terminal cover to its original position Rear Axle When to Check an
51. The headlamps taillamps sidemarker parking lamps roof marker lamps and the instrument panel lights will turn on at normal brightness The radio lights will become more dim when the headlights are off compared to when the headlights are on Your vehicle has a light sensor located on the top of the instrument panel Be sure it is not covered or the system will be on whenever the ignition is on The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage heavy overcast weather or a tunnel This is normal There is a delay in the transition between the daytime and nighttime operation of the Daytime Running Lamps DRL and the automatic headlamp system so that driving under bridges or bright overhead street lights does not affect the system The DRL and automatic headlamp system will only be affected when the light sensor detects a change in lighting lasting longer than the delay 3 17 If you start your vehicle in a dark garage the automatic headlamp system will come on immediately Once you leave the garage it will take about one minute for the automatic headlamp system to change to DRL if it is light outside During that delay the instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 19 Off Road Lamps The off road lamps if the vehicle has them provide auxiliary lighting
52. Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to There is also important loading information for off road driving in this manual See Loading Your Vehicle for Off Road Driving under Off Road Driving on page 4 12 4 47 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly 4 48 With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following Here are some important t
53. air So sometimes there may be a small amount of water dripping underneath the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal Fan Turn the center knob on the control panel to control the fan speed Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed O Off Turn the center knob to this position to turn the fan off With the fan off you may still experience airflow from the system that increases with vehicle speed depending on the mode and temperature settings Enable recirculation mode to stop this airflow from occurring lt amp Recirculation Press the center of the fan control knob to recirculate air inside the vehicle and prevent outside air from coming in It can be used to prevent outside odors from entering the vehicle and cool the air inside the vehicle more quickly Press this button to turn the recirculation mode on or off An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the recirculation mode is activated Recirculation is available in the bi level and vent modes Recirculation is not available while in floor floor defog and defrost mode If recirculation is selected in these modes the indicator flashes three times indicating it is not available in that mode When the recirculation mode is turned on the air conditioning turns on automatically When it is hot enough outside the recirculation mode may turn on automatically to help improve cool
54. and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle ever loses electrical power while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal could get harder to push down If your vehicle loses electrical power you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist
55. appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transpor
56. been driven in either miles for the United States or kilometers for Canada Trip Odometer Press and release the reset stem until TRIP appears on the DIC display The trip odometer shows the current distance traveled since the last reset of the trip odometer in either miles for the United States or kilometers for Canada To reset the trip odometer press and hold the reset stem until the display returns to zero Engine Oil Life System With the engine off turn the key to ON RUN and then press the reset stem until OIL LIFE RESET appears alternating between OIL LIFE and RESET on the DIC display The CHANGE OIL message alerts you to change the oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions Always reset the OIL LIFE message after an oil change To reset the message see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Engine Oil on page 5 15 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Language This feature allows you to choose the language in which the DIC display shows information To set your choice for this feature 1 With the engine off turn the key to ON RUN but do not start the engine 2 Close all doors so the DOORS message does not display in the DIC 3 Momentarily press and release the reset stem until the current language is displayed
57. before and after coupling the trailer to the tow vehicle Trailering may also be limited by the vehicle s ability to carry tongue weight Tongue weight cannot cause the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating or the RGAWR Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating The effect of additional weight may reduce your trailering capacity more than the total of the additional weight Consider the following example A vehicle model base weight is 5 500 Ibs 2 495 kg 2 800 Ibs 1 270 kg at the front axle and 2 700 Ibs 1 225 kg at the rear axle It has a GVWR of 7 200 Ibs 3 266 kg a RGAWR of 4 000 Ibs 1 814 kg and a GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating of 14 000 Ibs 6 350 kg The trailer rating should be GCWR Vehicle Weight Trailer Rating 14 000 Ibs 6350 kg 5 500 Ibs 2495 kg 8 500 Ibs 3855 kg You can expect tongue weight to be at least 10 percent of trailer weight 850 Ibs 386 kg and because the weight is applied well behind the rear axle the effect on the rear axle will be greater than just the weight itself as much as 1 5 times as much The weight at the rear axle could be 850 Ibs 386 kg X 1 5 1 275 Ibs 578 kg Since the rear axle already weighs 2 700 Ibs 1 225 kg adding 1 275 lbs 578 kg brings the total to 3 975 Ibs 1 803 kg This is very close to but within the limit for RGAWR as well The vehicle is set to trailer up to 8 500 lbs 3 856 kg But let s say your specific vehicl
58. belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle When the safety belt is not in use slide the latch plate up the safety belt webbing The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt near the guide loop on the side wall Before you close a door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle 1 25 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Your vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash To move it down press the release button A and move the height adjuster to the desired position You can move the height adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide o aA After you move the height adjuster to where you want it try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position 1 26 Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety be
59. better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when it is on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the automatic transmission shift lever to PARK P or the manual transmission shift lever to NEUTRAL Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 33 and Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission on page 2 35 Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 35 If you are pulling a trailer with your vehicle see T
60. carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load when used as a single For information on recommended tire pressure see nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 5 57 Tire Size The following examples show the different parts of a tire size P245 75R16 109S Passenger P Metric Tire LT245 75R16 E120 116S ty CDE Light Truck LT Metric Tire 5 58 A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association A Light Truck LT Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letters LT as the first two characters in the tire size means a light truck tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 75 as shown in item C of the light truck LT Metric tire illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction
61. cccccccccccececeeee 1 40 After a Crash ccccccccccececnee en eaeeeeeeeeeeenes 1 70 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 42 1 1 Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving 1 2 To move a manual seat forward or rearward 1 Lift the bar to unlock the seat 2 Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Power Seats If the vehicle has power seats the controls used to operate them are located on the outboard side of the seats To adjust the seat do any of the following e Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down Power Lumbar If your vehicle has this feature the control is located on the outboard ooo side of the seat s LUMBAR m Press and hold the front of the control until you have the desired lumbar support To decrease lumbar support press and
62. cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been complete
63. closest to the vehicle This will help reduce the effect of trailer tongue weight on the rear axle Your spare tire carrier is behind the tailgate If your hitch extension is too short the spare tire may interfere with trailer coupling or trailer tongue jack operation on some types of trailers 4 53 After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You ll find these numbers on the Certification Tire Label located on the B pillar below the door latch or see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 Then be sure you don t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle or the GAWR including the weight of the trailer tongue If you use a weight distributing hitch make sure you don t go over the rear axle limit before you apply the weight distribution spring bars Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you ll need the right hitch 4 54 Weight Distributing Hitches and Weight Carrying Hitches A Body to Ground Distance B Front of Vehicle When using a weight distributing hitch the hitch must be adjusted so that the distance A remains the same both
64. coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine Occasionally check the coolant level in the radiator For information on how to add coolant to the radiator see Cooling System on page 5 31 Radiator Pressure Cap Notice lf the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Engine Overheating A coolant temperature gage is on the instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 35 The air conditioning might stop working if the engine is too hot This is normal and helps cool the engine 5 29 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your
65. down a steep hill SECOND 2 This position reduces vehicle speed even more than THIRD 3 without using your brakes You can use SECOND 2 on hills It can help control your speed as you go down steep mountain roads but then you would also want to use your brakes off and on FIRST 1 This position reduces vehicle speed even more than SECOND 2 without using your brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in FIRST 1 while the vehicle is moving forward the transmission will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by your warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place 2 25 Manual Transmission Operation This is your shift pattern Here is how to operate your manual transmission FIRST 1 Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you slowly press down on the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you are going less than 20 mph 30 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into FIRST 1 put the shift lever in NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch Then press the clutch pedal back down and shift into FIRST 1 SEC
66. drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If your traction system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction
67. e Keep your speed at 55 mph 88 km h or less for the first 500 miles 805 km e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 50 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased 2 18 Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn to four different positions To shift out of PARK P the ignition must be in ON RUN and the regular brake pedal must be applied Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If none of this works then your vehicle needs service A LOCK OFF This position locks the ignition It also locks the transmission on automatic transmission vehicles It locks the steering wheel on manual transmission vehicles when the key is removed It is a theft deterrent feature You wi
68. emina anna aa caadanas EA 1 68 How Does an Airbag Restrain eeeee 1 60 Passenger Sensing System 6 eeeeeeeeeeees 1 62 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 67 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 06 1 60 Antenna Fixed Mast cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeaees 3 62 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 62 Antilock Brake System ABS aaeeea 4 4 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 34 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 97 Care of Safety Belts eeeeeeeeeeee eee eeees 5 94 Chemical Paint Spotting eceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 99 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 08 5 95 Fabric Gatpet vicsessezhcciveieetaeinicseeere a ei 5 93 Finish Care cceceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeee eee iieii 5 96 Finish Damage sirtarin n E Aves 5 98 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces cceeeeeeeeee eee 5 94 Interior Cleaning e sizs tacecinseneclaeeeszieleieitese 5 91 Lether seincscetenes die E 5 93 Sheet Metal Damage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 98 TMOG sect ede ea E aE E AEA EEEE 5 98 Underbody Maintenance 5 98 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 99 Washing Your Vehicle aecenesisnnerannn tees 5 95 WeatherstripS acciar nseni seapea cates 5 94 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 97 Appointments Scheduling Service 7 9 AShIUray
69. for service In an emergency call the Roadside Assistance Center See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle 2 15 PASS Key IIl The PASS Key IIl system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Operation Canada Only Your vehicle has a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition The system is automatically disarmed when the key is turned to ON RUN You do not have to manually arm
70. front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE OIL message will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km
71. good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down If my vehicle has airbags why should have to wear safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are in a crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And
72. have your car towed to the nearest HUMMER dealership Each technician travels with a specially equipped service vehicle complete with the necessary HUMMER parts and tools required to handle most roadside repairs Calling for Assistance For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Service coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty HUMMER and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service
73. head restraint down Rear Seats 60 40 Split Bench Seat The 60 40 split bench seats can be folded to give you more cargo space Folding the Seatbacks To fold the rear seatback s do the following 1 Make sure that nothing is on under or in front of the seat 2 Place your hand under the front of the seat cushion and lift the cushion up while moving it forward I There is a label below the seat cushion with instructions to aid in seat operation 3 Pull the cushion forward until it rests in the footwell Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat Lift the latch on top of the seatback and pull the seatback forward Fold the seatback down until it is nearly flat If the seatback will not fold nearly flat try moving the front seat forward and or moving the front seatback more upright Repeat the steps for the other half of the 60 40 split bench seat Returning the Seatbacks to an To return the seatback s to the upright position do the Upright Position toliawing 1 Lift the seatback up and push it rearward all the way 2 Place your hand under the front of the seat cushion Z CAUTION and lift the cushion while moving it rearward until it latches into position 3 Pull forward on the seatback and push down
74. help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location
75. hold the rear of the control Heated Seats If your vehicle has this feature the controls are located on the outboard HI side of the front seats wy LO This feature will heat the cushion and back of the seats Press the top of the switch to turn the heat to the high setting Press the bottom of the switch to turn the heat to the low setting Put the switch in the center position to turn the heat off The ignition must be on for the heated seat feature to work The seat will heat to the last setting if the ignition has been turned off and then turned back on The passenger s safety belt must be fastened for the heated seat feature to work on the passenger s seat Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked The seats have manual reclining seatbacks The lever used to operate them is located on the outboard side of the seats To recline the seatback 1 Lift the recline lever and move the seatback to the desired position then relea
76. if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs 1 59 Your vehicle has roof rail airbags See Airbag System on page 1 54 Roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes In addition these roof rail airbags are intended to inflate during a rollover Roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts or rear im
77. in the center and on the side of your instrument panel to direct the airflow Your vehicle has air outlets that allow you to adjust the direction and amount of airflow inside the vehicle Move the louvers up or down to change the direction of the airflow Use the thumbwheel under the outlets to change the direction of the airflow from left to right Operation Tips e Enable recirculation mode for maximum air conditioning performance e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages on your vehicle The pictures help to locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As the details show on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should no
78. inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly accelerate Both control systems steering and acceleration have to do their work where the tires meet the road Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too much of those places You can lose control See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while the front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your
79. is occurring on this terrain The operator should 1 Reduce speed and apply the brakes 2 Assess the terrain properly and adjust vehicle speed and gear ranges accordingly Four Wheel High position for higher speeds and Four Wheel Low Lock for more torque and lower speeds Transmission FIRST 1 gear is generally recommended 3 Apply slight pressure to the brake when the shaking or shuddering sensation is felt keeping the vehicle moving in a controlled manner 4 Be prepared to alternate between braking and accelerating through the adverse terrain Getting Familiar with Off Road Driving It is a good idea to practice in an area that is safe and close to home before you go into the wilderness Off road driving does require some new and different skills Here is what we mean Tune your senses to different kinds of signals Your eyes for example need to constantly sweep the terrain for unexpected obstacles Your ears need to listen for unusual tire or engine sounds With your arms hands feet and body you will need to respond to vibrations and vehicle bounce Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful off road driving One of the best ways to control your vehicle is to control your speed Here are some things to keep in mind At higher speeds e You approach things faster and you have less time to scan the terrain for obstacles e You have less time to react e You have more vehicle bounce when you drive over o
80. is used up it can take longer to stop the brake pedal will be harder to push and you might experience longer pedal travel Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Antilock Brake System ABS Your vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start the engine and begin to drive away ABS will check itself You might hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on This is normal Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS If there is a problem with ABS this warning light will stay on See Antilock Brake System Warning Light on page 3 34 A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake peda
81. it in all the way and let go When it s ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the lighter back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating 3 22 Climate Controls Climate Control System The heating cooling and ventilation of the vehicle can be controlled with this system Temperature Turn the left knob on the control panel to adjust the temperature of the air in the vehicle Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature 3 Air Conditioning Press the center of the left knob on the control panel to turn the air conditioning system on or off An indicator light on the button will be lit when the air conditioning is turned on This system cools and dehumidifies the air entering the vehicle The air conditioning will not function if the fan is turned off If air conditioning is selected with fan off the indicator light flashes three times and then turns off A slight change in engine performance may occur when the air conditioning compressor shuts off and turns on again This is normal The system is designed to make adjustments to help with fuel economy while still maintaining the selected temperature The air conditioning system removes moisture from the
82. malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS Sensor Matching Process later in this section 5 66 e One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service e Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 71 e Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate your vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your
83. of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production 5 59 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire 5 60 Maximum Lo
84. of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h Off This position turns the system off On This position activates the system Resume Accelerate Move the lever to this symbol to make the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previously set speed gt Oy Set Press this button to set the speed Cruise control will not work if your parking brake is set Setting Cruise Control or if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low Z CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button If you apply your brakes the cruise control shuts off A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you or in heavy traffic want to use cruise control Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire 1 traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise 2 Get up to the speed desired control on slippery roads 3 Press in the set button at the end of the lever and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Move the cruis
85. of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD player mechanism Notice lf a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section For vehicles that have a radio with a Six Disc CD player see the following LOAD Press to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and release the LOAD button 3 Wait for the indicator light located to the right of the slot to turn green 4 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and hold the LOAD button for two seconds A beep sounds and the indicator light located to the right of the slot begins to flash and LOAD displays 3 Once the light stops flashing and turns green INSERT CD displays load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in Once the CD is loaded the indicator light begins flashing again Once the light stops flashing and turns gr
86. parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of PARK P Automatic Transmission Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition is RUN See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 23 The shift lock control system is designed to do the following e Prevent the ignition key from being removed unless the shift lever is in PARK P e Prevent movement of the shift lever out of PARK P unless the ignition is in ON RUN and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock control system is always functional except in the case of a dead battery or low voltage less than 9 V battery If your vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 42 for more information To shift out of PARK P use the following 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still are unable to shift out of PARK P 1 Ease the pressure on the shift lever 2 While holding down the brake pedal push the shift lever all the way into PARK P 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you are still having a p
87. power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired How to Check Power Steering Fluid 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Then remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be between the ADD and FULL marks If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the proper range What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always use the proper fluid Notice Use of the incorrect fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12
88. pressed more than once the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD To scan one CD press and hold either arrow for more than two seconds until SCAN displays and a beep sounds The radio goes to the next track plays for 10 seconds then goes to the next track Press either arrow again to stop scanning 3 57 To scan all loaded CDs press and hold either arrow for more than four seconds until CD SCAN displays and a beep sounds Use this feature to listen to 10 seconds of the first track of each loaded CD Press either arrow again to stop scanning DISP Display Press to see how long the current track has been playing The elapsed time of the track displays To change the default on the display track or elapsed time press until you see the desired display then hold for two seconds The radio produces one beep and the selected display becomes the default BAND Press to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD s remains inside the radio for future listening o CD Press to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD symbol displays when a CD is loaded AUTO EQ Automatic Equalization Press to select an equalization setting while playing a CD The equalization is set when a CD is played See AUTO EQ listed previously for more information If you select an EQ setting for your CD it is activated each time you play a CD 3 58 Using Song List Mode Radio with Six Disc CD
89. proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability 5 63 Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or si
90. reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display SERV Service 4WD Four Wheel Drive This message displays when there is a problem with the transfer case control system Check the transfer case on your vehicle and have it serviced by your dealer retailer See Full Time Four Wheel Drive on page 2 27 for more information about the transfer case Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display 3 46 SERV Service TPM Tire Pressure Monitor This message displays if a part on the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 35 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 65 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your dealer retailer SERV Service VEH Vehicle This message displays if your vehicle needs service Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SERVICE CHARG Charge SYS System
91. safely drive up the hill you need to take some special steps Use transmission and transfer case low gear and get a firm grip on the steering wheel Get a smooth start up the hill and try to maintain your speed Do not use more power than you need because you do not want the wheels to start spinning or sliding Let the traction system work to control any wheel slippage The traction control system allows for moderate wheel spin with some capability to dig in and power up the hill Do not continue if the vehicle shudders or exhibits suspension hopping This can cause damage to the driveline or suspension components Improper driving technique is not covered by your vehicle warranty A CAUTION Turning or driving across steep hills can be dangerous You could lose traction slide sideways and possibly roll over You could be seriously injured or killed When driving up hills always try to go straight up e Try to drive straight up the hill if at all possible If the path twists and turns you might want to find another route e Ease up on your speed as you approach the top of the hill e Attach a flag to the vehicle to make you more visible to approaching traffic on trails or hills 4 23 e Sound the horn as you approach the top of the There are some things you should do if the vehicle stalls hill to let opposing traffic know you are there or is about to stall and you cannot make it up the hill e Use your h
92. should be checked by a dealer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired You can always press the blue OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Universal Home Remote System The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held radio frequency RF transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The FCC Grant of Equipment Authorization Certificate number is CB2SAHL3 This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device The Canadian Registration ID number is 2791021849A Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 2 51 Universal Home Remote System Operation With One Triangular LED If there is one triangular Light Emitting Diode LED indicator light above the Universal Home Remote buttons
93. speed If you drive across them you will roll over You could be seriously injured or killed If you have any doubt about the steepness do not drive the hill 4 22 Approaching a Hill When you approach a hill you need to decide if it is one of those hills that is just too steep to climb descend or cross Steepness can be hard to judge On a very small hill for example there may be a smooth constant incline with only a small change in elevation where you can easily see all the way to the top On a large hill the incline may get steeper as you near the top but you may not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by bushes grass or shrubs Here are some other things to consider as you approach a hill e Is there a constant incline or does the hill get sharply steeper in places e Is there good traction on the hillside or will the surface cause tire slipping e Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you will not have to make turning maneuvers e Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your path such as boulders trees logs or ruts e What is beyond the hill Is there a cliff an embankment a drop off a fence Get out and walk the hill if you do not know It is the smart way to find out e Is the hill simply too rough Steep hills often have ruts gullies troughs and exposed rocks because they are more susceptible to the effects of erosion Driving Uphill Once you decide you can
94. standing or flowing water A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include e Allow extra following distance e Pass with caution e Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape e Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 54 4 33 Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before d
95. steering wheel pad Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel allows the steering wheel to be adjusted before driving It can be raised to allow more room for the driver to enter and exit the vehicle The tilt lever is located on the left side of the steering column under the turn signal lever To tilt hold the steering wheel and pull the tilt lever toward you Move the wheel to a comfortable level then release the tilt lever to lock the wheel in place Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Turn Signal Multifunction Lever NW The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 2D iD Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 e Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 3 9 e WY Windshield Wipers See Windshield Wipers on page 3 10 i amp Windshield Washer See Windshield Washer on page 3 10 e Cruise Control See Cruise Control on page 3 11 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has one upward for right and one downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will automatically return to the off position To signal a lane change raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until the change is c
96. tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for top tether anchor locations 1 48 Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say If you need to install more than one child restraint in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of Make sure the release button is positioned so you the retractor to set the lock would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 1 49 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion
97. the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you re pulling a trailer See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid engine oil axle lubricant belts cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Trailer Wiring Harness Light Duty Trailer Wiring Package If your vehicle is not equipped with a trailer towing package the chassis harness will contain the following blunt cut circuits e Yellow Left Stop Turn Signal e Dark Green Right Stop Turn Signal e White Ground e Brown Tail Lamps If you want to add on a trailer tow it should be installed by your dealer retailer or a qualified service center Also see Add On Electrical Equipment on page 5 101 for more information 4 59 Heavy Duty Trailer Wiring Package The trailer towing harness contains the following seven trailer circuits e Yellow Left Stop Turn Signal e Dark Green Right Stop Turn Signal e Brown Taillamps e White Ground e Light Green Back up Lamps e Red Battery Feed e Dark Blue Trailer Brake If you are charging a remote non vehicle battery turn If your vehicle is equ
98. the desired track to be deleted 4 Press and hold the button for two seconds When this button is pressed one beep sounds After two seconds of continuously pressing this button two beeps sound to confirm that the track has been deleted After a track has been deleted the remaining tracks are moved up the list When another track is added to the song list the track is added to the end of the list To delete the entire song list perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the e button to turn song list on S LIST displays 3 Press and hold the e button for more than four seconds One beep sounds followed by two beeps after two seconds and a final beep sounds after four seconds S LIST EMPTY displays indicating the song list has been deleted If a CD is ejected and the song list contains saved tracks from that CD those tracks are automatically deleted from the song list Any tracks saved to the song list again are added to the bottom of the list To end song list mode press the J button One beep sounds and S LIST is removed from the display 3 59 CD Messages CHECK CD If this message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down
99. the ignition the mode the vehicle is in will stay on If the lights do not come on you should take your vehicle to your dealer for service An indicator light will flash while shifting the transfer case It will remain lit when the shift is complete If for some reason the transfer case cannot make a requested shift it will return to the last chosen setting If the SERV 4WD message on the Driver Information Center DIC stays on you should take your vehicle to your dealer for service See Service 4WD message under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 Shifting between Four Wheel High and Four Wheel High Lock With the vehicle traveling less than 45 mph 72 km h press and release the Four Wheel High or Four Wheel High Lock button The indicator light will flash while shifting It will remain lit when the shift is complete It may be necessary to drive backwards while turning for a distance of 25 feet 7 5 m to get the lock feature to disengage Shifting into Four Wheel Low Lock Notice Shifting the transmission into gear before the indicator light stops flashing could cause damage to the transfer case Always wait until the indicator light stops flashing before putting the transmission back in gear To shift into Four Wheel Low Lock the ignition must be in ON and the vehicle must be stopped or moving less than 3 mph 5 km h with the transmission in NEUTRAL N The preferred method for shifting into Four Wheel Low is to
100. the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description The service description indicates the load range and speed rating of a tire The load index can range from 1 to 279 Speed ratings range from A to Z Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 Curb Weight The weight
101. the remote keyless entry transmitter or start the engine If the alarm does not sound when it should but the lights flash check to see if the horn works The horn fuse may be blown To replace the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 102 If the alarm does not sound or the front turn signal lamps do not flash see your dealer retailer for service Passlock U S Only Your vehicle has the Passlock theft deterrent system Passlock is a passive theft deterrent system Passlock enables fuel if the ignition lock cylinder is turned with a valid key If an incorrect key is used or the ignition lock cylinder is tampered with the fuel system is disabled and the vehicle will not start During normal operation the security light will turn off approximately five seconds after the engine is started See Security Light on page 3 39 If the engine stalls and the security light flashes wait about 10 minutes until the light stops flashing before trying to restart the engine Remember to release the key from START as soon as the engine starts If the engine does not start after three tries the vehicle needs service If the engine is running and the security light comes on you will be able to restart the engine if you turn the engine off However your Passlock system is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer retailer Your vehicle is not protected by Passlock at this time See your dealer retailer
102. those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engin
103. to rev up the engine and regain forward momentum This will not work Your vehicle will roll backwards very quickly and you could go out of control Instead apply the regular brake to stop the vehicle Then apply the parking brake Shift to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back straight down Never attempt to turn around if you are about to stall when going up a hill If the hill is steep enough to stall your vehicle it is steep enough to cause you to roll over if you turn around If you cannot make it up the hill you must back straight down the hill If after stalling you try to back down the hill and decide you just cannot do it set the parking brake If you have an automatic transmission shift to PARK P Turn off the engine Leave the vehicle and go get some help Exit on the uphill side and stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill Do not shift the transfer case to NEUTRAL when you leave the vehicle Leave it in some gear A CAUTION Shifting the transfer case to NEUTRAL can cause your vehicle to roll even if the transmission is in PARK P or if you have a manual transmission even if you are in gear This is because the NEUTRAL position on the transfer case overrides the transmission You or someone else could be injured If you are going to leave your vehicle set the parking brake and shift the transmission to PARK P or put the manual transmission in FIRST 1
104. to the speed you want and then release the switch To increase your speed in very small amounts move the switch briefly to resume accelerate Each time you do this your vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster 3 13 Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control e Press and hold the set button until you reach the desired lower speed then release it e To slow down in very small amounts briefly press the set button Each time you do this you will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal your vehicle slows down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control works on hills depends upon your speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might want to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle speed down Of course applying the brake turns off the cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control To turn off the cruise control do one of the following e Step lightly on the brake pedal e Move the cruise control switch to off e Lightly tap or press the clutch if you have a manual transmission Erasing Speed Memory
105. tries to eject the CD several times before stopping Do not repeatedly press the CD eject button to eject a CD after you have tried to push it in manually The player s 25 second eject timer resets at each press of the eject button causing the player to not eject the CD until the 25 second time period has elapsed A Eject Radio with Single CD Press to eject a CD Eject can be activated with either the ignition or radio off CDs can be loaded with the ignition and radio off if this button is pressed first 14 Previous Radio with Single CD Press to go to the start of the current track if more than eight seconds have played The previous symbol and the track number displays If this button is held or pressed more than once the player continues moving backward through the CD 4 Reverse Radio with Six Disc CD Player Press to reverse within the track 2 gt Next Radio with Single CD Press to go to the next track The next symbol and the track number displays If this button is held or pressed more than once the player continues moving forward through the CD gt gt Fast Forward Radio with Six Disc CD Player Press to fast forward within the track Repeat With repeat one track or an entire CD can be repeated To use repeat do the following e To repeat the track you are listening to press and release this button RPT ON displays Press again to turn off repeat play RPT OFFdisplays e To r
106. vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 4 3 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If th
107. vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system 5 42 Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake If you have a four wheel drive vehicle be sure the transfer case is not in NEUTRAL Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory p
108. visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information Only available in the continental U S 2 49 Additional OnStar Controls Your vehicle may have a button located on e the driver s side of the instrument panel that can be used to interact with OnStar Use this button to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone number extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information How OnStar Service Works In order to provide you with OnStar services your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which 2 50 your vehicle was hit When you use the
109. 10 seconds then stop and listen for a single horn chirp The single horn chirp should sound within 15 seconds confirming that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position If you do not hear the confirming single horn chirp turn the ignition switch to LOCK and start over beginning with Step 2 5 67 6 Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 7 Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 8 Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 9 After hearing the confirming horn chirp for the driver side rear tire check to see if the TPMS low tire warning light and the DIC LOW TIRE messages have turned off If yes the TPMS sensors have been relearned Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF If the low tire warning light and the SERV TPM message on the DIC are on after completing Step 5 for the driver side rear tire the sensor relearn process has not been successful Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF and repeat the matching process beginning with Step 2 10 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label 11 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems 5 68 Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle s tires including the spare tire for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for
110. 16 Heated Seats ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeaeeeeeaeeeees 1 4 Heater orane erea E 3 22 Highbeam On Light srisemicesiericdiiirngssi nen 3 39 Highway HypnoSis eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen sees 4 34 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 4 34 Hood Checking Things Under a se 5 11 Release oiii sd sedarsriauasstracgiceas aaea ia 5 11 POR sopiro cnic cuos cithedtdacaiiekaawnais E EEE 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 5 1 16 Hydraulic CIUtCH 02 0 0 cece cee eee ee eee eceee esse eeeeneees 5 26 ignition POSILONS ssci wcsirsaeelndencdiversneees 2 18 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 33 Inflation Tire Pressure cceeeeceeeee erences ees 5 62 Instrument Panel OVEIVIOW e E AEE 3 4 Instrument Panel I P BriQhtnh Ss sci aiceidsocidescacensagecs aR inteaanteds 3 19 GIUSTO Tee a E 3 26 JUMP Starting 2 2 2 eee cece eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 42 Keyless Entry System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenerees 2 4 KEYS oinaan a N dais 2 3 Labeling Tire Sidewall cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 55 Lamps DOME cincsnctteras geen chides iismeddansseedecetaetenies 3 19 Dome Lamp Override eceeeeeeeneeeeen ees 3 20 ON ROAD meranie n te nstaiatansaseaiarabestsnets 3 18 Reading csisicetcaniacwrss nieewncaxencenadeadetaeg a 3 20 Lap Shoulder Belt ccceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 24 LATCH System Child Restraints
111. 2008 HUMMER H3 Owner Manual Ci Seats and Restraint Systems 006 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle 00ccceseeeeeeeeees 4 1 Front Seats saroia ae e AS 1 2 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Rear SeatS oo eccccccccccceccecccccececccacecscaueneeas 1 8 TOWING aca dcidicuntich ia a a a N 4 48 Safety Bells porrn s naaa EA ASEE ESES 1 10 Service and Appearance Care 0 ssseeee 5 1 Child Restraints o oo ec ccc ec ccc eee ee eee een ene 1 30 SENICE Aoaeiaa Ee a a aE 5 3 Airbag System oo cecceccecceeceeseeceeseeseeeesees 1 54 UC renarena E I LN EERE 5 5 Restraint System Check ou 0 cece eee eee eee 1 69 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 11 Features and Controls ccccccccccececceeeeseeeeee 2 1 PICA AXIG ata dnscetevntegtebtncganduacesne mance ten 5 45 KOS aoristia Ar ne e E EE EEEE 2 3 Four Wheel Drive seeseeeeteeeetstereetreeteees 5 46 Doors and LOCKS oococooooooooooooooocoeeeccccceeeccee 2 7 Front Axle ee 5 46 WindOWS eeeeceeseeeeeeceeececececccceececeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Ei AIMING os seeeeseeeseeeteteetteereeeeeseesees 5 46 Theft Deterrent Systems eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 14 ulb Replacement oo ssetreette tite 5 49 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle _ 2 18 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement __ 5 52 Minors reme oe EA 2 38 i ia cae ee 5 54 Object Detection Systems ceeeeeeee 2 44 ppeara nE NG ea tgrensis
112. 3 28 Headlamps on Reminder oa Aifdag Readiness Light wien 3 29 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 0000e0e 3 17 Ce ce ir ag NdiCALON eee eee ae Automatic Headlamp System 00ccc0cc0e 3 17 Up Shift Light EE eessen ti ieee 330 Fog Lamps ces S Brake System Waring Light cnn 3 33 Instrument Panel Brightness eee 3 19 A or Warning Light A oe eu Tr cau aaa aa ee StabiliTrak Not Ready Light 0 0 0 3 34 Exit Lighting a 3 20 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 5 3 35 Bieter eet i he Tire Pressure Light 2 eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 35 Reading Hamp cscccsccasracecviesrcativenecedscatennentinns 3 20 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Malfunction Indicator Lamp seeeeeeeee eee 3 36 Oil Pressure Light sis tiavacvaccu cise nisinsin isa 3 38 SECUNILY TIQKE aseene ii eaaa oa Ea 3 39 Cruise Control Light sssisissiscsiissraiioninisnensia 3 39 Highbeam On Light eee 3 39 Fuel Gage ccceeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeee een ees 3 40 Driver Information Center DIC 3 40 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeeeees 3 40 DIC Warnings and Messages 6eeeeeeeeees 3 43 Audio System s ceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeereeen ees 3 48 Setting the Time cc ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeees 3 48 Radio S cerrarse mnanaa iaaa a EOE TE 3 49 XM Radio Messages ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeea tees 3
113. 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter do the following 1 Unfasten the clips that hold the cover on and remove the cover 2 Lift out the engine air cleaner filter 3 Inspect or replace the air filter See Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 to determine which filter to use 4 Reinstall the engine air cleaner filter cover Fasten the clips to hold the cover in place A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice lf the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change Automatic Transmission Fluid A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use th
114. E Radio Frequency Identification Programmable Automatic Door Locks Radiator Pressure Cap Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy Radios Radios Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual Reception escisiones ani i aE Setting the Time erereiieia nirisan Theft Deterrent ccceceeeceeeeeeee eee eeeeeeenee Reading Lamps Rear Axle LOCKING iat escunsar sea a E EN Rear Door Security Locks Rear Storage Area ececeeeeeeeeeeeeneee een eeeeeneees Rear Vision Camera ccscecceeueeeeeeeeeeeeeees Rear Windshield Washer Wiper Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with Compass and Temperature Display 10 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Recovery LOOPS ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeneeeeneees Recreational Vehicle Towing Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Replacement Bulbs Replacement Parts Maintenance Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government 0eceeeneeeeeeeeeenes General Motors United States Government Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash Retained Accessory Power RAP nccc Roadside
115. General Motors of Helm Incorporated Canada Limited for HUMMER whenever it appears So ae in this manual etroit 820 This manual describes features that may be available in 1 800 551 4123 this model but your vehicle may not have all of them www helminc com For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 15862068 A First Printing 2007 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Using this Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures and words work together to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people We tell you what the hazard is and what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt A circle wit
116. Highway Hypnosis cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeees 4 34 Braking zeiss eer eaan E E OEN 4 3 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 34 Antilock Brake System ABS i c 4 4 Winter DIVINO ssci nsiccect coxaetusmenminncmemincensetanenad 4 35 Braking in Emergencies cseeeeeeeeeeee eee eee 4 5 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Traction Control System TCS o ae 4 5 Mud Ice or SNOW suisse igiena iiser iiai 4 39 Locking Rear Axle 0 cceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 40 StabiliTrak System cccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeees 4 7 Recovery LOOPS iyor S EErEE 4 40 SIENNO irera Erai e E E 4 8 Loading Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 42 Off Road Recovery oo ieee 4 10 MOWAT estat cache cttanintaete ctat te hue tocar acadiaes 4 48 PASSING a iaa a a EE EEE 4 10 Towing Your Vehicle 0 c0cccccceeeeeeseeeeeeees 4 48 Loss of Control E A E E E AE 4 10 Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 c0ccceeee 4 48 Off Road Driving teeters 4 12 Towing a Trailer 0 0 00 eee 4 50 Assist StepS 0c ccc ee cee eec eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 4 31 Trailer Recommendations cceccceccceccceceeecee 4 62 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle Defensive Driving Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 1 10
117. Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact your dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer retailer can give you the best advice for that particular area Automatic Transmission Operation PARK P This position locks your rear wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because your vehicle cannot move easily A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 33 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 50 The automatic transmission has a shift lever on the console It features an electronic shift position indicator within the instrument cluster This display must be powered anytime the shift lever is capable of being moved out of PARK P This means that if your key is turned off but not in LOCK there will be a small current drain on your battery which could discharge your battery over Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P a peri
118. It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change the oil prior to a CHANGE OIL message being turned on reset the system To reset the Engine Oil Life system 1 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN 2 Press and release the stem in the lower center of the instrument cluster until the OIL LIFE message is displayed 3 Once the alternating OIL LIFE and RESET messages appear press and hold the stem until several beeps sound This confirms that the oil life system has been reset 4 Turn the key to LOCK OFF If the CHANGE OIL message comes back on when yo
119. L displays For the Radio with Six Disc CD Player the equalization one through seven options are included only if your vehicle is equipped with the Bose system Press the AUTO EQ button to select equalization settings designed for equalization one through seven To return the bass and treble to the manual mode push and release this knob until BASS and TREB displays 3 52 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade d Balance Fade To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers press and release until BAL displays Turn to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers press and release until FAD or FADE displays Turn to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers To adjust the balance and the fade to the middle position press this knob then press it again and hold it until one beep sounds To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press and hold when no tone or speaker control is displayed CEN or ALL CENTERED displays and a beep sounds Finding a Category CAT Station XM Satellite Radio Service Only To select and find a desired category perform the following 1 Press the CAT button to activate program type select mode A category displays 2 Press the CAT button to select a category e For the Radio with Six Disc CD Player turn the d knob to select a category 3 Once the desired category is
120. OND 2 Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal 2 26 THIRD FOURTH AND FIFTH 3 4 and 5 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 the same way you do for SECOND 2 Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to NEUTRAL NEUTRAL Use this position when you start or idle your engine REVERSE R To back up press the clutch pedal After the vehicle stops shift into REVERSE R Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal If it is hard to shift let the shift lever return to NEUTRAL and release the clutch pedal Then press the clutch again and shift into REVERSE R Do not attempt to shift into the fifth gear position prior to shifting into REVERSE R Your transmission has a lock out feature which prevents a fifth gear to reverse gear shift Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Use REVERSE R along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle Up Shift Light This light will show you when to shift to the next hi
121. OOT w teeccssactanetinoniatscncacuedissentanantvediad 2 8 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 8 Rear Door Security LOCKS eseeeeeeeneeeeeees 2 9 Loss Of Control sicicccssess ceteesicisdeeenisneesesesss cede ss 4 10 Luggage Carrier cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneees 2 57 Lumbar Power Controls 20 5 5 cccsssedsessacscceceessensssesessaeses 1 3 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services eeeeeeeee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill c ccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 6 9 At Least Once a Month cccccceceeneeeaees 6 9 At Least Once a Year cece cece cece ee ea seen enee 6 10 INtTOCGUCTION 2 00 cece eee e eee ee eee eeeeeeeeeneeeneaeeneenes 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes cceccceeeeeeeeeeeees 6 7 Maintenance Record ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 16 Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Maintenance Requirements eeeeeeeee eee 6 2 Owner Checks and Services cccceeeeeeeees 6 9 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance ccccce cece eeeee es 6 4 USINO ee tatadatas deb E EEES 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light o ae 3 36 Manual Seats ccccccceseeceeaceeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeees 1 2 Manual Transmission Fdd ean EAS EAA 5 24 Operate saas eana o a eiai aiai 2 26 Mamuak USING sires iii Message DIC Warnin
122. Player J Song List The six disc CD changer has a feature called song list This feature is capable of saving 20 track selections To save tracks into the song list feature perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on and load it with at least one CD See LOAD CD listed previously in this section for more information 2 Check to see that the CD changer is not in song list mode S LIST should not display If S LIST is present press the J button to turn it off 3 Select the desired CD by pressing the numbered pushbutton and then use the right P SEEK arrow to locate the track to be saved The track begins to play 4 Press and hold the button to save the track into memory When this button is pressed one beep sounds After two seconds of continuously pressing this button two beeps sounds to confirm the track has been saved 5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for saving other selections S LIST FULL displays if you try to save more than 20 selections To play the song list press the button One beep sounds and S LIST displays The recorded tracks begins to play in the order they were saved Seek through the song list by using the SEEK arrows Seeking past the last saved track returns to the first saved track To delete tracks from the song list perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the button to turn song list on S LIST displays 3 Press either SEEK arrow to select
123. T or cross hatched area for a hot check then pull it back out again Be sure to keep the dipstick pointed down to get an accurate reading 4 If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place 5 23 How to Add Automatic Transmission Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Add fluid only after checking the transmission fluid while it is hot A cold check is used only as a reference If the fluid level is low add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level up to the HOT area for a hot check It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5 L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 e After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid earlier in this section e When the correct fluid level is obtained push the dipstick back in all the way then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place 5 24 Manual Transmission Fluid When to Check A good time to have it checked is when the engine oil is changed However the fluid in yo
124. The only way to be sure you are not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh your vehicle and trailer Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground 4 56 Trailer Brakes If your trailer weighs more than 1 500 Ibs 680 kg loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you ll want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical
125. The drivers airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is t
126. Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times OnStar service that involves location information about your vehicle cannot work unless GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available in that place as well Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility You may need to increase the volume of your radio to hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and
127. aded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of gri
128. age Fluid Lubricant Transmission Transmission Fluid Engine oil which meets GM Manual GM P Transmission Fluid Standard GM6094M and displays GM Part No U S 89021806 in the American Petroleum Institute Canada 89021807 Engine Oil Certified for Gasoline Engines Hydraulic Clutch Fluid 9 starburst symbol To determine the Hydraulic GM Part No U S 12345347 in proper viscosity for your vehicle s Clutch System Canada 10953517 or equivalent engine see Engine Oil on DOT 3 brake fluid page 5 15 Kev Lock Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable Olinder GM Part No U S 12346241 in water and use only DEX COOL y Canada 10953474 Coolant See Engine Coolant on Chassis Lubricant page 5 27 GM Part No U S 12377985 in Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or e Canada 88901242 or lubricant System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Engine Coolant Usage Fluid Lubricant SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant GM Part No U S 89021677 in Canada 89021678 meeting GM Specification 9986115 Manual Transmission Fluid Transfer Case GM Part No U S 88861800 in Canada 88861801 Front and Rear Axle Spline Lubricant Special Lubricant Front Axle GM Part No U S 12345879 in Propshaft Canada 10953511 or lubricant Spline meeting requirements of GM 9985830 Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Hood Hinges GM Part N
129. ain circumstances a delay in updating the temperature is normal Compass Display Press the button located at the bottom of the mirror next to the OnStar control buttons to turn the compass temperature display on or off If CAL is not displayed press and hold for 15 seconds or until CAL is displayed The compass is now in calibration mode For more information see Compass Calibration following The mirror can be calibrated in one of two ways e Drive the vehicle in circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h until the CAL is no longer displayed in the compass window Then continue to drive to make sure all eight directions are available e Drive the vehicle under normal operating conditions 2 39 Compass Variance The mirror is set in zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if the vehicle is outside of zone eight Under certain circumstances as during a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust for compass variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If not adjusted to account for compass variance the compass could give false readings To adjust for compass variance 1 Find your current location and variance zone number on the following zone map 2 40 Press and hold for 12 seconds until a zone number appears in the display The compas
130. aint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible 1 70 If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have your safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If your vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a crash if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 Section 2 Features and Controls KRG6YS vecsdenadenatatyatasancndenca teeta taunnuntapinedeeeacagaheents 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 4 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System ODELAON sieneen en en a
131. aintenance I if the CHANGE OIL message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 An Emission Control Service Lubricate chassis components See footnote ee eee Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j r Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 68 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a ooo e e o e O Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote M inspect engine cooling system See oomo e M TTo Sd inspect wiper blades See oome O J To Inspect restraint system components See foomnote e J D Lubricate body components See foomo p J TT gt
132. akage may also occur from the Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for right front passenger airbag the right front passenger s position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible in the instrument e Ai i infl Af f Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an panel when you start your vehicle airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service ee AIR Q Biez manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace OM Ka OFF N2 on 2 other parts e Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 16 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 17 United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag will be visible during the system check When the systems Improper service can mean that an system check is complete either the word ON or the airbag system will not work properly See your word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off dealer retailer for service will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 1 62 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions
133. alfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty 3 36 Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and
134. an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 Your vehicle s TPMS can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 68 and Tires on page 5 54 Notice Liquid tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors Sensor damage caused by using a tire sealant is not covered by your warranty Do not use liquid tire sealants 5 65 TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are e One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light and DIC message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor e The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS
135. and ice offer the worst tire traction On these surfaces it is very easy to lose control On wet ice for example the traction is so poor that you will have difficulty accelerating And if you do get moving poor steering and difficult braking can cause you to slide out of control A CAUTION Driving on frozen lakes ponds or rivers can be dangerous Underwater springs currents under the ice or sudden thaws can weaken the ice Your vehicle could fall through the ice and you and your passengers could drown Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces only 4 30 Driving in Water A CAUTION Driving through rushing water can be dangerous Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown If it is only shallow water it can still wash away the ground from under your tires and you could lose traction and roll the vehicle over Do not drive through rushing water Heavy rain can mean flash flooding and flood waters demand extreme caution Find out how deep the water is before you drive through it If it is deep enough to cover your wheel hubs axles or exhaust pipe do not try it you probably will not get through Also water that deep can damage your axle and other vehicle parts Your vehicle is capable of depths up to 20 inches 50 cm Know how to judge whether the water is deeper than this before proceeding into it If the water is not too deep drive slowly through it At fas
136. and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you may call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or you may write to the Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification
137. and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that could free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out Or you can use the recovery loops If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 48 4 40 Recovery Loops A CAUTION These loops when used are under a lot of force Keep people away from the vicinity of the loops and any chains or cables during use Always pull the vehicle straight out Never pull on the loops at a sideways angle The loops could break off and you or others could be injured from the chain or cable snapping back Notice Never use the recovery loops to tow the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged and it would not be covered by warranty Your vehicle has two recovery loops at the front of the vehicle and one at the rear of the vehicle Rear of Vehicle You may need to use them if you are stuck off road and need to be pulled to some place where you can continue driving Front of Vehicle 4 41 If your vehicle has a brush guard never tow or apply any loads onto the brush guard 4 42 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tir
138. aner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when you clean the blades Bugs road grime sap and a buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by e Extreme dusty conditions Sand and salt e Heat and sun e Snow and ice without proper removal Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim Your vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if you do not wash your vehicle after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash your vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehic
139. appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions 5 94 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve your vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on your vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on your vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on your ve
140. are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If you have too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system See Checking Brake Fluid in this section Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to check your brake fluid See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Checking Brake Fluid The brake fluid can be checked without taking off the cap by looking at the brake fluid reservoir The fluid level should be above MIN If it is not have the brake hydraulic system checked to see if there is a leak After work is done on the brake hydraulic system make sure the level is above the MIN but not over the MAX mark What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake hydraulic system the brakes might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid N
141. ash telling other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working 4 57 Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well If you have an automatic transmission you can tow in DRIVE D You may want to shift the transmission to THIRD 3 or if necessary a lower gear selection if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions If you have a manual transmission and you are towing a trailer it is better not to use the highest gear When towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades consider the following Engine coolant will boil at a lower temperature than at normal altitudes If you turn your engine off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades your vehicle may show signs similar to engine overheating To avoid this let the engine run while parked preferably on level ground with the automatic transmission in PARK P for a few minutes before turning the engine off For manual transmissions let the eng
142. at Position cee 1 50 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 1 51 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 40 Cigarette Lighter cceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 22 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 97 Exterior Lamps Lenses cseeeeeeeeeeee tees 5 95 Fabric Carpet ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene ees 5 93 Finish Gale enie aa eaa r 5 96 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces 0cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 94 INt NON herpen aaa a a cides 5 91 Leather norprnianiee nae e ea 5 93 MIES eene a E a E E EG 5 98 Underbody Maintenance 5 98 Washing Your Vehicle asaanenenensnennnnennnnnnnn 5 95 Weatherstrips 2iicses icsataiindesaesreen avers 5 94 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 97 Climate Control System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 22 Outlet Adjustment c ccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 3 24 COCK cess ete eE a cnemeteaacee den ayaatenacgaar eke 3 48 Clutch Hydraulic 0 0 ceninin 5 26 Collision Damage Repair e ceseeeeeeeeeee tenes 7 11 COMPASS aaeain eao 2 38 2 41 Content Theft Deterrent 0c eceeeeeeeeeee eens 2 14 Control of a Vehicle ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 4 3 Convenience Net scceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 59 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage eceeeeeeeee es 3 35 Heater Engine
143. ated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank e The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up 3 40 When the fuel in the fuel tank is low you will see a LOW FUEL message on the Driver Information Center DIC display See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 for more information Driver Information Center DIC The Driver Information Center DIC displays information such as the trip odometer personalization features and warning messages The DIC display is located on the instrument panel cluster DIC Operation and Displays The Driver Information Center DIC comes on when the ignition is on If a problem is detected a warning message appears on the display Pressing and releasing the trip odometer reset stem on the DIC acknowledges some current warnings or service messages Some messages only clear after the required action has been taken The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pressing the trip odometer reset stem on the DIC These modes are explained in the following section The DIC trip odometer reset stem is located on the instrument panel cluster next to the DIC display To scroll through the available functions press and release the reset stem Trip Information Odometer The odometer is automatically displayed on the DIC when you start the vehicle The odometer shows the total distance the vehicle has
144. ay become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your dealer retailer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer retailer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery 5 92 Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide e Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning e Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum
145. bag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 28 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 94 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 for more information Notice f an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 60 See your dealer retailer for service 1 69 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restr
146. bricants on page 6 12 for more information Capacities and Specifications Application engish Metie For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a Cooling System 3 7L Engine 10 0 qt 9 5L 5 3L Engine 14 3 qt 13 5L Engine Oil with Filter 3 7L and 5 3L Engines Ot Fuel Tank 23 0 gal 87 1L Transfer Case 16a 5 107 Capacities and Specifications cont d Application English Transmission Drain and Refill 3 7L and 5 3L Automatic 5 0 qt 4 7L 3 7L Manual 2 5 qt 2 4L Wheel Nut Torque 100 Ib ft 140 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the appropriate level as recommended in this manual Engine Specifications Engine _VINCode Spark Plug Gap Automatic VORTEC 3 7LL5 Manual 040 inches 1 01 mm 040 inches 1 0 mm 5 108 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 ceeeeeeeeneees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 9 IMMOCUCHION Seo s05 ica oeewpnereeteddacmdhael sibdeues dan sek deacons 6 2 At Each Fuel Pill onic cccccte acesnag etedise cdieeesteee dere 6 9 Maintenance Requirements seeeeeeeee ee 6 2 At Least Once a Month o n 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 10 Us
147. bstacles e You will need more distance for braking especially since you are on an unpaved surface A CAUTION When you are driving off road bouncing and quick changes in direction can easily throw you out of position This could cause you to lose control and crash So whether you are driving on or off the road you and your passengers should wear safety belts Scanning the Terrain Off road driving can take you over many different kinds of terrain You need to be familiar with the terrain and its many different features Here are some things to consider Surface Conditions Off roading can take you over hard packed dirt gravel rocks grass sand mud snow or ice Each of these surfaces affects the steering acceleration and braking of your vehicle in different ways Depending upon the kind of surface you are on you may experience slipping sliding wheel spinning delayed acceleration poor traction and longer braking distances Surface Obstacles Unseen or hidden obstacles can be hazardous A rock log hole rut or bump can startle you if you are not prepared for them Often these obstacles are hidden by grass bushes snow or even the rise and fall of the terrain itself Here are some things to consider e Is the path ahead clear e Will the surface texture change abruptly up ahead e Does the travel take you uphill or downhill There is more discussion of these subjects later e Will you have to stop
148. by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed You might notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration these conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle Your dealer retailer has the prope
149. category or text information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM Locked The XM receiver in your vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message will alternate with the XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there may be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Chk XMRevr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Navigation Radio System Your vehicle may have a navigation radio system The navigation system has built in features intended to minimize driver distraction Technology alone no matter how advanced can never replace your own judgment See the Navigation System manual for some tips to help you reduce distractions while driving Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different v
150. child restraint can be secure the child restraint properly seriously injured or kiled if the right front Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can passenger s airbag inflates This is because move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure the back of the rear facing child restraint people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure would be very close to the inflating airbag any child restraint in your vehicle even when Even though the passenger sensing system is no child is in it designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 for additional information 1 41 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in acrash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the
151. cing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so 1 67 Adding Equipment to Your Air Q A 1 68 bag Equipped Vehicle Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim overhead console front sensors side impact sensors rollover sensor module or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not op
152. components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 60 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features 1 61 In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag Passenger Sensing System windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield bre
153. connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer Because you re a good deal longer you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also fl
154. ctions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 51 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 1 7 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending up
155. d a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather 5 93 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the
156. d 2 59 Convenience Net eceeeeeeeneeeeee eee eeaeeaes 2 59 Cargo COVED ou ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeee ES nEn 2 59 Cargo Tie Downs 2 2 cceeeee entrees 2 59 SUPOOR lt 3 pcccccsnesecencecasonerentenceteneneaacanea E Anai 2 60 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children Use the double sided key for the ignition and driver s door lock When a new vehicle is delivered the dealer retailer provides the owner with a pair of identical keys and a key code number The key code number tells your dealer retailer or a qualified locksmith how to make extra keys Keep this number in a safe place If you keys are lost new keys can be made using this number Your dealer retailer should also have this number Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys If you are locked out of your vehicle call the Roadside Assistance Center See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Your Remote Keyless Entry
157. d Change Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be ona level surface The proper level is from 0 to 3 8 inch 0 mm to 10 mm below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the rear axle What to Use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 to determine which kind of lubricant to use 5 45 Four Wheel Drive It is recommended that the four wheel drive transfer case fluid be checked and filled by your dealer Front Axle It is not necessary to regularly check front axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem It is recommended that the front axle fluid be checked and filled by your dealer Headlamp Aiming The vehicle may have a visual optical headlamp aiming system The aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if the vehicle is damaged in a crash the headlamp aim may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted 5 46 It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer retailer for service if the headlamps need to be re aimed It is possibl
158. d fall off causing a crash 5 87 11 Tighten each wheel nut by hand Then use the Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid is held against the hub expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 107 for the wheel nut torque specification 12 Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle Lower the jack completely A CAUTION Incorrect or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to a crash If you have to replace them be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 107 for wheel nut torque specification 14 After installing the wheel and tire you must reinstall the center cap Place the cap on the wheel and tap it into place until it sits flush with the wheel 13 Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown by turning the wheel wrench clockwise 5 88 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Incorrect or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to a crash If you have to replace them
159. d help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 800 355 3515 or go to www homelink com Programming a garage door opener involves time sensitive actions so read the entire procedure before you begin If you do not follow these actions the device will time out and you will have to repeat the procedure To program up to three devices 1 From inside the vehicle press and hold down the two outside buttons at the same time releasing only when the Universal Home Remote indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds This step will erase the factory settings or all previously programmed buttons 2 Do not hold down the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat this step to program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons Hold the end of your hand held transmitter about 1 to 3 inches 3 to 8 cm away from the Universal Home Remote buttons while keeping the indicator light in view The hand held transmitter was supplied by the manufacturer of your garage door opener receiver motor head unit At the same time press and hold both the Universal Home Remote button that you would like to use to control the garage door and the hand held transmitter button Do not release the Universal Home Remote button or the hand held transmitter button until Step 4 has been completed Some entry gates and garage door openers may require you to substitute Step 3 with the procedure noted in Gate Operat
160. d to your dealer retailer for service LOC Locked This message is displayed when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up Take your vehicle to your dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer 3 53 XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in your vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and www xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 60 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the a eject button or the DISP knob If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source 3 54 When the CD is inserted
161. de to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped e Link to Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics e OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes e OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box
162. dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure If increasing the tire s air pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To let air pressure out of a tire you can use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key You have one minute to match the first tire wheel position and five minutes overall to match all four tire wheel positions If it takes longer than one minute to match the first tire and wheel or more than five minutes to match all four tire and wheel positions the matching process stops and you need to start over The TPMS sensor matching procedure is outlined below 1 2 Set the parking brake Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off Turn the exterior lamp switch from AUTO to OFF four times within three seconds A double horn chirp will sound and the TPMS low tire warning light starts flashing The double horn chirp and flashing TPMS warning light indicates the TPMS matching process has started The TPMS warning light should continue flashing throughout the matching procedure The LOW TIRE message displays on the Driver Information Center DIC 4 Start with the driver side front tire Remove the valve cap from the valve cap stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for
163. der light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 69 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders hood latch assembly secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl rear compartment hinges outer swing gate handle pivot points rear door detent link roller mechanism swing gate handle pivot points latch bolt fuel door hinge locks and folding seat hardware More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks and proper installation h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 27 for what to use In
164. dicator light turns on e While extended for cleaning neither the screen nor the camera will have power e Press briefly or wait 30 seconds to end cleaning The screen will then retract Automatic Dimming Mirror Operation The automatic dimming mirror comes on each time the ignition is turned to start To turn the automatic dimming feature off or back on press and hold for nine seconds The indicator light on the mirror is lit when the automatic dimming feature is on Temperature Display To adjust between Fahrenheit and Celsius e Press for approximately four seconds to toggle the display from F Fahrenheit to C Celsius to OFF The temperature display will remain in its current state each time the ignition goes through its cycle At start up if the vehicle has been off for less than two and a half hours and the last stored temperature was less than the current termperature the sensor will increase 1 F every two minutes until the correct temperature is displayed e If the vehicle has been off more than two anda half hours or the last stored temperature is greater than the current temperature the current temperature immediately displays e If the temperature is 37 F 3 C or lower ICE will flash on the temperature display This display will flash every two seconds for a period of one minute If an abnormal temperature reading is displayed for an extended period of time see your dealer retailer Under cert
165. displayed press either SEEK arrow to select and to take you to the categories first station 4 To go to another station within that category and the category is displayed press the CAT button once If the category is not displayed press the CAT button twice to display the category and then to go to another station e For the Radio with Six Disc CD Player press either SEEK arrow to go to another station within that category and the category is displayed 5 Press CAT to exit program type select mode If CAT times out and is no longer on the display go back to Step 1 If the radio cannot find the desired program type NONE or NOT FOUND displays and the radio returns to the last station you were listening to BAND Alternate Frequency Radio with Single CD Alternate frequency allows the radio to switch to a stronger station with the same category To turn alternate frequency on press and hold BAND for two seconds AF ON displays The radio can switch to stations with a stronger frequency To turn alternate frequency off press and hold BAND again for two seconds AF OFF displays The radio does not switch to other stations This function does not apply for XM Satellite Radio Service Radio Messages CAL ERR Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If CAL ERR displays it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returne
166. duled Maintenance When the CHANGE OIL message in the Driver Information Center DIC comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE OIL message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use M
167. e The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 for more information Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel 5 76 Tire Chains i CAUTION Continued A CAUTION instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the If your vehicle has LT285 75R16 or P265 65R18 po tis ee andap size tires do not use tire chains They can damage your vehicle because there is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance gan cause damage to the brakes suspension Notice lf your vehicle has a tire size other than or other vehicle parts The area damaged by LT285 75R16 or P265 65R18 use tire chains only the tire chains could cause you to lose control where legal and only when you must Use chains that of your vehicle and you or others may be are the proper size for your tires Install them on the injured in a crash tires of the rear axle Do not use chains on the tires of the front axle Tighten them as tightly as possible wit
168. e the mirror in the desired direction If the mirror begins making a ratcheting sound the mirror has reached the end of its travel and can go no farther in that direction To stop the sound reverse the mirror direction using the control pad The mirrors can be manually folded inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or confined space Pull the mirror toward the vehicle to fold To return the mirror to its original position push outward Be sure to return both mirrors to the unfolded position before driving 2 43 Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat It also makes things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are 2 44 Object Detection Systems Rear Vision Camera Your vehicle may be equipped with a rear vision camera system Read this entire section before using the camera system The rear vision camera system is designed to help the driver when backing up by displaying a view of the area behind the vehicle When the driver shifts the vehicle into REVERSE R the video screen will automatically slide out fro
169. e 5 3 for more information Locking Rear Axle Your vehicle may have this feature The locking rear axle can give your vehicle additional traction from the rear wheels when traveling in off road situations such as mud snow sand steep hills and uneven terrain The button used to turn this feature on or off is located to the right of the transfer case buttons on the center of the instrument panel F4 To lock the rear axle do the following 1 Place the transfer case in the 4LO Lock mode This is the only mode which will allow the rear axle to lock See Full Time Four Wheel Drive on page 2 27 for more information regarding the transfer case and 4LO Lock mode 2 Press the button with the vehicle stopped or moving less than 2 mph 3 km h You must wait for the light in the button to stop flashing and remain illuminated before the rear axle is locked Notice If you try to lock the rear axle while your vehicle is stuck and the tires are spinning you could damage your vehicle s drivetrain The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always lock the rear axle before attempting situations and or navigating terrain which could possibly cause the vehicle to become stuck The locking rear axle will be disengaged when the wheel speed is greater than 20 mph 32 km h if the vehicle s battery is low and or the transfer case is shifted out of 4LO Lock mode Notice lf you lock the rear axle while driving on pavement
170. e Areas It makes sense to plan your trip especially when going to a remote area Know the terrain and plan your route You are much less likely to get bad surprises Get accurate maps of trails and terrain Try to learn of any blocked or closed roads It is also a good idea to travel with at least one other vehicle If something happens to one of them the other can help quickly Does your vehicle have a winch If so be sure to read the winch instructions In a remote area a winch can be handy if you get stuck But you will want to know how to use it properly High Mobility Characteristics Your vehicle has a 10 inch 25 4 cm running ground clearance A a 9 inch 22 8 cm axle to ground clearance B and a low center of gravity A Your vehicle has an approximate approach angle of 37 5 degrees and a departure angle 35 5 degrees B of depending on suspension packages C O C C Cc CD C OO RH Wey yy s0 T if ANNAN KRRRRRI RRRRRKI CEEE 4 15 Design specifications required a minimum gradeability of 60 31 degrees slope with the vehicle fully loaded on high friction surfaces with maximum vehicle speed not to exceed 6 mph 9 7 km h The vehicle is expected to traverse this grade only for short durations Never stop and idle the vehicle or park it on this grade Also your vehicle should be able to traverse a 40 22 degrees side slope at 6 mph 9 7 km
171. e Goes Flat cicccec ect cdereteint donccanc tana de 5 78 Inflation Tire Pressure iaee 5 62 Inspection and Rotation cece eee ee 5 68 Installing the Spare Tire cceseeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 83 Pressure Monitor Operation eeeeeeee 5 65 Pressure Monitor System eseeeeeeeeeee ees 5 63 Removing the Flat Tire aanne 5 83 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 81 Spare Tite eiren e ren EEE ETEEN 5 91 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 89 Tire Sidewall Labeling ecceeeseeeeeeeee ees 5 55 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 59 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeee 5 74 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 75 Wheel Replacement 0 seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 75 When It Is Time for New Tires ccce 5 70 Towing Recreational Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeee es 4 48 Towing a Trailer scs csecceaaeei eet sacti i nE 4 50 NOUF Vehe raini aa a aias 4 48 Traction Control System TCS sirasrrasiisiisiireseiessk 4 5 OM IGM eee e e REEE 3 34 StabiliTrak System sesnsiinennininiii anr 4 7 Trailer Recommendations cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 62 Transmission Fluid Automatic ccc ccc ce cece eee eee eee eeeenees 5 21 Fluid Manual cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 24 Up Shit HOME seien onesna reeni 3 32 Transmission Operation Automatic
172. e System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there could be a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away O Canada United States This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to ON If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 32 for more information The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 48 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service
173. e and Loading Information label and the Certification Tire label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door latch post The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 54 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 There is also important information on the Certification Tire label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axles See Certification Tire Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correc
174. e control switch to on The cruise control disengages if the vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS and it begins to limit wheel spin See Traction Control System TCS on Tne cruise symbol ani the page 4 5 When road conditions allow you to safely a instrument panel an s when the cruise control use it again you can turn cruise control back on is engaged Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake or step on the clutch This of course disengages the cruise control But you do not need to reset it Once you are going about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can move the cruise control switch briefly from on to resume accelerate The vehicle will go back to the chosen speed and stays there If you hold the switch at resume accelerate the vehicle will keep going faster until you release the switch or apply the brake Do not hold the switch at resume accelerate unless you want the vehicle to go faster Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed Press the set button at the end of the lever then release the button and the accelerator pedal You will now cruise at the higher speed If the accelerator pedal is held longer than 60 seconds cruise control will turn off e Move the cruise switch from on to resume accelerate Hold it there until you get up
175. e following e Too much flexing e Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards 5 62 A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire If your vehicle has a compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa See Spare Tire on page 5 97 for additional information How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated eve
176. e however to re aim the headlamps as described The vehicle should Be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall or other flat surface e Have all four tires on a level surface which is level all the way to a wall e Be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall or other flat surface e Not have any snow ice or mud on it e Be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being performed Be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg sitting on the driver seat e Have the tires properly inflated e Have the spare tire is in its original location in the vehicle To adjust the vertical aim 3 Record the distance from the ground to the aim dot 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 on the headlamp for more information 4 At a wall measure from the ground upward the recorded distance from Step 2 and mark it 5 Draw or tape a horizontal line the width of the vehicle at the wall where it was marked it Step 4 Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp 6 Turn on the headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being aimed This should allow only the beam of light from the headlamp being aimed to be seen on the wall 2 Find the aim dot on the lens of the headla
177. e is equipped with some of the latest options and you have a front seat passenger and two rear seat passengers with some luggage and gear in the vehicle as well You may add 300 Ibs 136 kg to the front axle weight and 400 Ibs 181 kg to the rear axle weight Your vehicle now weighs 2 800 Ibs 1270 kg 2 700 Ibs 1225kg 300 Ibs 136 kg Front 400 Ibs 181 kg Rear 6 200 Ibs 2812 kg Total Weight is still below 7 200 lbs 3 266 kg and you may think that you should subtract 700 additional pounds 318 kg from your trailering capacity to stay within GCWR limits Your maximum trailer would only be 7 800 Ibs 3 538 kg You may go further and think you must limit tongue weight to less than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg to avoid exceeding GVWR But you must still consider the effect on the rear axle Because your rear axle now weighs 3 100 lbs 1 406 kg you can only put 900 Ibs 408 kg on the rear axle without exceeding RGAWR 4 55 The effect of tongue weight is about 1 5 times the actual weight Dividing the 900 Ibs 408 kg by 1 5 leaves you with being able to handle only 600 Ibs 272 kg of tongue weight Since tongue weight is usually at least 10 percent of total loaded trailer weight you can expect that the largest trailer your vehicle can properly handle is 6 000 Ibs 2 721 kg It is important that you make sure your vehicle does not exceed any of its ratings GCWR GVWR RGAWR Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight
178. e level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing we suggest the following tips e Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane e Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility e Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle e When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive
179. e scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number drivers license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police departm
180. e shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Be sure to follow the instructions of the child restraint manufacturer 1 46 Notice Contact between the child restraint LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts secured may cause damage to the safety belt or the seat When removing the child restraint always remember to return the safety belts to their normal stowed position before folding the rear seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top t
181. e size code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C Dual Tire Maximum Load Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load when used in a dual configuration For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 D DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards E Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture F Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread G Single Tire Maximum Load Maximum load that can be
182. e swing gate 5 90 meee Ant Se a Te 4 Reinstall the wing nut retainer to fasten the jack and tool bag in the storage compartment Make sure that the wing nut passes through the tool bag and the jack before you tighten it 5 Turn the wing nut retainer clockwise to secure 6 Reinstall the compartment cover by inserting the locator tabs in the holes in the swing gate Push the latches down to secure Spare Tire Your vehicle when new had a fully inflated spare tire A spare tire may lose air over time so check its inflation pressure regularly See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 for information regarding proper tire inflation and loading your vehicle For instruction on how to remove install or store a spare tire see Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire on page 5 83 and Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools on page 5 89 After installing the spare tire on your vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare is correctly inflated The spare tire is made to perform well at speeds up to 70 mph 112 km h at the recommended inflation pressure so you can finish your trip Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired or replaced as soon as you can and installed back onto your vehicle This way a spare tire will be available in case you need it again Do not mix tires and wheels of different sizes because they will not fit Keep your spare t
183. e swing gate use the power door lock switch or the remote keyless entry transmitter A CAUTION Make sure the swing gate is completely closed Driving with the swing gate open could injure pedestrians or damage the vehicle To open the swing gate pull the door handle Pull the swing gate rearward slightly and it will automatically open Windows Z CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome from extreme heat in warm or hot weather and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing ae Do not leave keys in a vehicle with Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 20 children The power window controls are located
184. e the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicl
185. e transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealer retailer service department 5 21 If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you have been driving e When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C e At high speed for quite a while e In heavy traffic especially in hot weather e While pulling a trailer To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 180 F to 200 F 82 C to 93 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C drive the vehicle in THIRD 3 until the engine temperature gage moves and then remains steady for 10 minutes 5 22 A cold fluid check can be made after the vehicle has been sitting for eight hours or more with t
186. e when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel The fuel cap is located on the driver s side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise While refueling let the fuel cap hang by the tether if it has one A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 95 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp o
187. eadlamps even during the day e Push the brake pedal to stop the vehicle and keep They make your vehicle more visible to it from rolling backwards Also apply the parking oncoming traffic brake e If your engine is still running shift the transmission to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly Z CAUTION back down the hill in REVERSE R If your engine has stopped running you will need Driving to the top crest of a hill at full speed to restart it With the brake pedal pressed apply can cause an accident There could be a the parking brake If you have an automatic drop off embankment cliff or even another transmission shift the transmission to PARK P vehicle You could be seriously injured or ton Mg ci Nea el lars F release the parking brake and slowly back down ie Sa o thetop ota hill slow down the hill as straight as possible in REVERSE R e As you are backing down the hill put your left hand on the steering wheel at the 12 o clock position This way you will be able to tell if your wheels are straight and maneuver as you back down It is best that you back down the hill with your wheels straight rather than in the left or right direction Turning the wheel too far to the left or right will increase the possibility of a rollover 4 24 There are also some things you must not do if you stall or are about to stall when going up a hill Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into NEUTRAL N
188. ear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 107 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time you make a brake stop the disc brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When you replace parts of the braking system for example when the brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved replacement parts If you do not the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label See Engi
189. ease it If the garage door does not move press and hold the same button a second time for two seconds and then release it Again if the door does not move press and hold the same button a third time for two seconds and then release The Universal Home Remote should now activate the garage door To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 of Programming the Universal Home Remote System Do not repeat Step 1 as this will erase all previous programming from the Universal Home Remote buttons Gate Operator and Canadian Programming If you have questions or need help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 800 355 3515 or go to www homelink com Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission This may not be long enough for Universal Home Remote to pick up the signal during programming Similarly some U S gate operators are manufactured to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulty programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Programming Universal Home Remote procedures regardless of where you live replace Step 3 under Programming Universal Home Remote with the following Continue to press and hold the Universal Home Remote button while you press and release every two seconds cycle the hand held transmitter button until the frequency si
190. eat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way 1 54 Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags A frontal airbag for the driver e A frontal airbag for the right front passenger e A roof rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver e A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger All of the airbags in your vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION Z CAUTION You can be severely in
191. eceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees Tire Terminology and Definitions Inflation Tire Pressure e eeeeeeeteeeeeeees Tire Pressure Monitor System eeeeeeees Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0008 Tire Inspection and Rotation eee eee When It Is Time for New Tires 0 ee Buying New Tires cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereneeeeees Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 0006 Uniform Tire Quality Grading cceeeeeeeeees Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Wheel Replacement ceeeeeeeeeeeeeererees Pike CHAINS hearers ra N E E If a Tire Goes Flatasiinsc sienet nereng as Changing a Flat Tire 0 cceeeeeeeeeee teense eee Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tie a vccacacaie cds Means tcenciaastawbanuneddevs naunins Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Spare Tire nesse arii rania a oi Appearance Care c ccceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeee ees Interior Cleaning cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenons Fabric Carpet sniegos aine anani wntaeieneaaad Leather wiveessy sesisaetesnecoy ae capers E EEE Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUN ACES air unea a EEEE REE Care of Safety Belts cceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee es 5 94 Weath rsttipS sisccdscrcevsdets ies detecaseca diersdeenderete ns 5 94 Washing Your Vehicle
192. ection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 30 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 33 your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag FN symbol Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with roof rail airbags The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 for more information 1 56 Where Are the Airbags The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 1 57 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and AA an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag co
193. ed onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture 5 55 E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 74 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 5 56 SPEC 2012 MS TRGE 1207 o NETA 7 Coy 765 POU t Mot D on x ye Td y avas o zZ 0 SZ i xO te 7 Sgr Sn 7 sof UTETE O76109 Light Truck LT Metric Tire A Tire Size The tir
194. ee ee eee eeneea ee 5 73 Replacement wiccocieviucresseccserestsesetaentencsicaneter 5 75 Where to Put the Restraint eee ees 1 40 WIMGOWS 4 scte8 cand anere a E E eeu 2 11 POW vats taieitial e en A 2 12 14 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades Cleaning 5 97 Washer esauen e NAS 3 10 Washer FIUIG lt isgccsccecenatds iesgerss maune 5 37 Wiper Blade Replacement eee 5 52 Wiper FUSOS ereraa eE eN Steen ieeniecidiens 5 101 WVIDOIS aioir noaea a OA 3 10 Windshield Rear Washer Wiper acccccccccce 3 11 Winter Diving isscresceiastihedtas eoe an aa nann ten 4 35 XM Radio Messages ssiccscescciasiteoseiameer sirens 3 60 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 62 Your Vehicle and the Environment 00 6 2
195. eeeeeeeeeeeees Cupholder S cisssciseecskewste a licticcncecseeteieetenss Front Armrest Storage Area eeeeeeeneee ees Front Seat Storage Net cceceeeeeeee eee es GIOVE BOX Secese ene e ti ceease NEEE Luggage Carrier i ciccisccueeesectsnisdeecceeeenees Rear Storage Area cecceeeeceteeeeeneeaeeneeee es Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow n SUM VISOIMS etsoa a ar ESEE SUNrOOF ocon a a e De E EES SWING GATE taie acean aE tE E E EEEE EE Tachometer 2 0 ececeeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Theft Deterrent Radio Theft Deterrent Systems ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee es Content Theft Deterrent ceeeeeeeee ees PASS Key It c cccecccceeeeceecceeseeeeeesseees PASS Key Ill Operation cccccccceceees PASSIOCK ecaa EEE 12 5 50 TEWAS eniai a E a indies ovals 3 7 Tim Setting errereen ena e a 3 48 Tire Pressure LGM csesecasicanedssetinadersstuiotageneateadaes 3 35 TOS manec nbieernaianed dented ected aaueteeemeieneadams 5 54 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Cleaning zsitnsntincanateatagihontennscamnineaseecdadaanes 5 97 Buying New Tires ceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 71 MAINS ae hikers ote Ea a aa csnes AEEA 5 77 Changing a Flat Tire cssc ssirssresirasisinnsssss 5 79 Cleaning eenen enea ar aE E E EEES 5 98 Different Size 2 0 0 cece cece eee tee een eeeeeneeee ed 5 73 lfa Tir
196. eeeeneeeeen eee eenes 1 4 Right Front Seat Position eeeeeeeee 1 51 Head Restraints seeiis eeni ta eens eens eunes 1 7 Airbag System 0 cccccccecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 4 54 Rear Seats ia aa E 1 8 Where Are the Airbags cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 57 60 40 Split Bench Seat 0 00 0 cceeeeeeeeeee eter 1 8 When Should an Airbag Inflate 1 59 Safety Belts 0 0 0cccccccceeceeceseeseeseseesesseeeees 1 10 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 1 60 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 10 How Does an Airbag Restrain 0 1 60 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 1 16 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 61 Lap Shoulder Belt 0 ccccccccccssesesseseeesseeeees 1 24 Passenger Sensing System eee 1 62 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 0 1 29 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 67 Safety Belt Extender ccccccccceeeceeseeeeeees 1 30 Adding Equipment to Your Child Restraints 0 0cccccccccceceeceeseeseeeeeeees 1 30 OE ele eee we eat enemas leet nee Older Children sicteciacaciosl asseachcadiesets ae 1 30 Restraint System Check 0 0 1c 1 69 Infants and Young Children cccccceee eee 1 33 Checking the Restraint Systems 11 1 69 Child Restraint Systems cccccceeeseeeeeeees 1 37 Replacing Restraint System Parts Where to Put the Restraint
197. een you can load another CD The CD player takes up to six CDs To load more than one CD but less than six complete Steps 1 through 3 When finished loading CDs press the LOAD button to cancel the loading function The radio begins to play the last CD loaded If more than one CD has been loaded a number for each CD displays 3 55 Playing a Specific Loaded CD For every CD loaded a number displays To play a specific CD first press the CD button then press the numbered pushbutton that corresponds to the CD A small bar appears under the CD number that is playing and the track number displays If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section A Eject Press to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button To eject multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold for five seconds A beep sounds and the indicator light located to the right of the slot begins to flash and EJECT ALL displays 2 Once the light stops flashing and turns green REMOVE CD displays The CD ejects and can be removed Once the CD is removed the indicator light begins flashing again and another CD ejects To stop ejecting the CDs press the LOAD or the eject button 3 56 If the CD is not removed after 25 seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player If CD is pushed back into the player before the 25 second time period is complete the player senses an error and
198. ehicle it does not operate and LOCKED displays When the radio and vehicle are turned off the blinking red light indicates that THEFTLOCK is armed With THEFTLOCK activated the radio does not operate if stolen Radio Reception Frequency interference and static during normal radio reception can occur if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet 3 61 AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing t
199. elease the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display TURN SIGNAL This message displays when the turn signal is on for about 0 75 miles 1 2 km of travel Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display 3 47 Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features A CAUTION This system provides you with far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation 3 48 e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile te
200. elt should fit snugly against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 1 17 Q What is wrong with this Z CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs A The lap belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this The belt is over an armrest 1 20 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests Q What is wrong with this
201. en the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at the FULL COLD mark start your vehicle 5 33 If the overheat warning continues there is one more How to Add Coolant to the Radiator thing you can try Add the proper mixture directly to the radiator but be sure the cooling system is cool before you do it A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the radiator pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap 1 Remove the radiator pressure cap when the cooling system including the upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one full turn If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 2 Keep turning the cap to remove it 3 Fill the radiator with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture up to the base of the filler neck See Engine Coolant on page 5 27 for more information about the proper coolant mixture 5 34 4 Fill the coolant recovery tank to the FULL 6 Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the COLD mark upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the 5 Reinstall the cap on the coolant recovery ta
202. en the ignition is turned to ON if it does not the system may require service For more information see StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 If you have the Traction Control System TCS this light will come on when the TCS has been turned off Engine Coolant Temperature Gage United States Canada This gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer is in the shaded area of the gage the engine is too hot It means that your engine coolant has overheated If you have been operating your vehicle under normal driving conditions you should pull off the road stop your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 for more information Tire Pressure Light This light comes on briefly when the engine is started This light will also come on when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC may accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 for more information Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so If underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 54 for more information If a problem is detected with the Tire Pressure Monitor System this light will flash for approximately 60 seconds and then stay on solid for the remainder of the ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 63 for more information 3 35 M
203. engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap 7 AIIN SAE 5W 30 AR Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR i THIS SYMBOL FORA 20 AND GM GASOLINER STANDARD SQENGINESS cS ATIES GM6094M 60 40 20 DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE COLD WEATHER OIL NOT RECOMMENDED Look for three things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the
204. eniniesiates eiiean 5 91 OnStar Syste misnica gainin iari 2 48 aes oo a eat ectrical SySteM oo eceecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees ral Remote Seu e mes AN Capacities and Specifications eee 5 107 ee ee aa biaiatananee Schedin tec aac 6 1 inst t Pane i ee 3 1 Maintenance Schedule cc ccc ee eee ee eee 6 2 PT ne Panel Ooie AA O 3d Customer Assistance Information PTSS 7 1 Climate Controls n n 3 22 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 a a E E ERG Reporting Safety Defects s sneneerenenenna 7 14 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 25 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy _ 7 16 Driver Information Center DIC ow 3 40 1 Audio System S cccceceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 3 48 INDO e ees e ia pee tanddeg a iaa aN Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem HUMMER www helminc com and H3 are registered trademarks of General Motors ae Corporation Propri taires Canadiens This manual includes the latest information at the time it On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en francais was printed We reserve the right to make changes aupr s de concessionnaire ou a l adresse suivante after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name
205. ent headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair p
206. eparting Things to check on your own include Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps 4 34 Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include Keep your vehicle serviced and in good shape Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ign
207. epeat the CD you are listening to press and hold this button for two seconds RPT ON displays Press again to turn off repeat play RPT OFF displays 4 amp Random Radio with Single CD Press to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order The random symbol displays Press again to turn off random play A Random Radio with Six Disc CD Player With random you can listen to the tracks in random rather than sequential order on one CD or on all of the CDs To use random do one of the following e To play the tracks on the CD you are listening to in random order press and release this button RANDOM ONE displays Press again to turn off random play e To play the tracks on all of the CDs that are loaded in random order press and hold this button for more than two seconds A beep sounds and RANDOM ALL displays Press again to turn off random play kd SEEK P Radio with Single CD Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current or the previous track Press the right arrow to go to the start of the next track Pressing either arrow for more than two seconds searches the previous or next tracks at two tracks per second Release either arrow to stop searching and to play the track Kd SEEK P Radio with Six Disc CD Player Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or
208. eps attached to your vehicle You can damage the side steps and or your vehicle s frame if they get caught or drag against an obstacle This damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty Always remove the side steps prior to any off road driving 4 31 Dri ving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include 4 32 Drive defensively Do not drink and drive Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because your headlamps can only light up so much road ahead e Watch for animals e When tired pull off the road e Do not wear sunglasses e Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps e Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out e Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep
209. erate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could Q z also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 If your vehicle has rollover roof rail airbags see Different Size Tires and Wheels on page 5 73 for additional important information Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the air
210. es damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usage are Interior and exterior Polishing Cloth polishing cloth Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road oil Remover and asphalt Chrome Cleaner and Use on chrome or Polish stainless steel i F i Removes soil and black Anie ai Tire marks from whitewalls and raised white lettering Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime Chrome Wheel Cleaner from chrome wheel Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on and wipe off Removes swirl marks fine Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light surface contamination Removes light scratches Finish Enhancer 5 99 Description Usae Vehicle Identification Foaming Tire Shine Low Gloss Wash Wax Concentrate Spot Lifter Odor Eliminator 5 100 Cleans shines and ires No wipi s ee Vehicle Identification Number VIN Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and light 3 piodegradabieand SAMPLE4UX1M072675 phosphate free Quickly removes spots and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument pane
211. eterrent system will not activate if you lock the doors with the key the manual door lock or power door lock switch The system can only be activated using the remote keyless entry transmitter or by OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 48 for additional information You should also remember that you can start your vehicle with the correct key if the alarm has been set off Here is how to avoid setting off the alarm by accident e If you do not want to arm the theft deterrent system the vehicle should be locked with the manual door lock lever the power door lock switch or the key after the doors are closed e If the content theft deterrent system is armed unlock the doors by pressing the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter or by OnStar Unlocking a door any other way will activate the alarm If you set off the alarm by accident you can turn it off by pressing unlock on the remote keyless entry transmitter starting the vehicle with the correct key or by having OnStar unlock the doors The alarm will not stop if you try to unlock a door any other way Testing the Alarm To test the alarm 1 From inside the vehicle activate the system by locking the doors with the remote keyless entry transmitter 2 Unlock the door with the manual door lock and open the door This should set off the pre alarm Wait 10 seconds for the full alarm to activate 3 To turn the alarm off press the unlock button on
212. ether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the headrest or head restraint 1 47 If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the headrest or head restraint 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top
213. exceeds the maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer for additional information on accessory power outlets Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only 3 21 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have an ashtray and cigarette lighter Your ashtray is located in your center console area The ashtray can be removed for cleaning When the ashtray is removed this area can also be used as a cupholder Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray To use the lighter press
214. exico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift 7 6 The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For vehicles purchased in the U S call 1 866 HUMMER6 486 6376 Text Telephone TTY 1 888 889 2438 For vehicles purchased in Canada call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the owner of a new HUMMER vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the HUMMER Roadside Assistance program Who is Covered Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle o
215. f the light still remains on Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display LOW FUEL This message displays if the level of fuel in the vehicle is low Also check the fuel gage See Fuel Gage on page 3 40 for more information Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible LOW TIRE This message displays if a low tire pressure is detected in any of the vehicle s tires Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display The message appears at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure See Tires on page 5 54 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 for more information on tires and the correct inflation pressures OIL This message displays when the oil pressure is low See Oil Pressure Light on page 3 38 and Engine Oil on page 5 15 for more information PARK BRK Brake This message displays when the parking brake is set See Parking Brake on page 2 32 and Brake System Warning Light on page 3 33 for more information The message clears from the display after the parking brake is released or by pressing and releasing the reset stem 3 45 REDUCED POWER This message displays when the vehicle s engine power is reduced Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be
216. factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if the vehicle is outside zone eight Under certain circumstances as during a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust for compass variance 2 42 Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If not adjusted to account for compass variance your compass could give false readings To adjust for compass variance 1 Find your current location and variance zone number on the following zone map 2 Press and hold the compass temperature button for six seconds until a zone number appears in the display 3 Press the compass temperature button on the bottom of the mirror until the new zone number appears in the display After you stop pressing the button the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Cleaning the Mirror Use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Outside Power Mirrors The outside power mirror controls are located on the driver s door To adjust the power mirrors do the following 1 Press the left side of the selector switch to choose the driver side mirror Press the right side of the selector switch to choose the passenger side mirror 2 Use the round four way control pad to mov
217. feature lets you use the high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass It works even if the headlamps are in the automatic position To use it pull the turn signal lever toward you then release it If your headlamps are in the automatic position or on low beam your high beam headlamps will turn on They will stay on as long as you hold the lever toward you The high beam indicator on the instrument panel cluster will come on Release the lever to return to normal operation Windshield Wipers You control the windshield wipers by turning the band with the wiper symbol on it WY Mist Turn the band to mist for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the wipers start Then let go The wipers will stop after one wipe Hold the band on mist longer if more wipes are needed VY Delay The wiper speed can be set for long or short delays between wipes This can be very useful in light rain or snow Turn the band to choose the delay time The closer to the top of the lever the shorter the delay GD Low Speed For steady wiping at low speed turn the band away from you to the first solid position past the delay settings BS High Speed For high speed wiping turn the band to the second solid position past the delay settings C Off Move the band to off to stop the wipers Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they are frozen to the windshield ca
218. for each seat The total cargo load must not be more than your vehicles CWR Weigh your vehicle with your trailer attached so that you won t go over the GVWR or GAWR If you are using a weight distributing hitch weigh the vehicle without the spring bars in place You ll get the best performance if you spread out the weight of your load the right way and if you choose the correct hitch and trailer brakes For more information see Towing a Trailer on page 4 50 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE sianie paea riai 5 3 Accessories and Modifications ecececceee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 006 5 4 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Doing Your Own Service Work 08 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of YoUr Vehicle scyoroereccavacomaneaceristicnwsdeanduditune 5 5 F el eoero E E eaenuthaees 5 5 Gasoline Octane w siesssurienoi terini iiinn 5 5 Gasoline Specifications sewisie arces 5 5 California Fuel serieen ainiin ne ninna 5 6 AGGIIVES 2 xstiecieci0s needs taavass n i n TEE N E 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries csceeeeeeeee es 5 7 Filling the TANK wcsccccesccuctecsdcdendotad oendna 5 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 11 Hood Release sisri enar rann en eee 5 11 Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 Engine Oil cctsctsteotosatdtsannemteddengumeneguabnecgwcme 5
219. for reservoir location Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water e Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid e Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint 5 37 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake hydraulic system If it is you should have the brake hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well 5 38 It is not a good idea to top off the brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings
220. formation Center DIC eeeeee 3 40 DIC Operation and Displays 0 ceeeeeeee 3 40 DIC Warnings and Messages 0seeeeeees 3 43 Driving AENOR eiere n a a E iE 4 32 Before a Long Trip esresisensrenriiareniinianesns 4 34 DGlONSING E E T 4 2 DRUK GR e a E 4 2 Highway Hypnosis ce ceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee eens 4 34 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 34 In Rain and on Wet Roads eee 4 33 OROA eaea a A O tices 4 12 Recovery LOOPS iisc ace cctee ce ciniendeneenindtseererecs 4 40 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 40 WINTE onada ieee Srasetag aE TTE 4 35 EDR siscteapenseies Hise NOTS E E TEE ANEA 7 16 Electrical System Add On Equipment 0 ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 5 101 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 103 Fuses and Circuit Breakers n se 5 102 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 102 Windshield Wiper Fuses 5 101 Engine Air Cleaner Filter cerisiers aeia 5 20 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 36 COGAN EEEE TA T 5 27 Coolant Heater scossone aa iae 2 22 Coolant Temperature Gage eecscecececeeee 3 35 Drive Belt Routing eirese nares aane a 6 15 Engine Compartment Overview ecesececeeee 5 12 EXN USt ciociara aane 2 36 Fan INOISG iain inapina a 5 36 Oilear E e TS 5 15 Oil Life System iaces Lentini 5 18 Overheating issiria iin E Ei bce 5 29 Running While Parked sssesesscenensernenennn 2 37 Staing tases a
221. ften help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to your vehicle s traction system in the Index If the stuck condition is too severe for the traction system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 77 4 39 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels The traction control system activates when the system senses that the wheels are spinning Turn off any traction or stability system See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 Then with the wheels straight ahead shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear or with a manual transmission between FIRST 1 or SECOND 2 and REVERSE R spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward
222. g system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured ina rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 for additional information If your child restraint has the LATCH sys
223. gher gear for best fuel economy When this light comes on you can shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions permit For the best fuel economy accelerate slowly and shift when the light comes on While you accelerate it is normal for the light to go on and off if you quickly change the position of the accelerator Ignore the shift light when you downshift If your vehicle has four wheel drive and has a manual transmission disregard the shift light when the transfer case is in four wheel low For more information see Up Shift Light on page 3 32 Shift Speeds A CAUTION If you skip a gear when you downshift you could lose control of your vehicle You could injure yourself or others Do not shift down more than one gear at a time when you downshift Full Time Four Wheel Drive Full Time Four Wheel Drive sends your engine s driving power to all four wheels for extra traction To get the most out of Full Time Four Wheel Drive you must be familiar with its operation 2 27 Transfer Case Buttons The transfer case buttons are located to the right of the instrument panel cluster Use these switches to shift into and out of the different Full Time Four Wheel Drive modes You can choose between four modes 4 t Four Wheel High This setting is used for driving in most street and highway situations You can also use this setting for light or variable off road c
224. gine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank If you have not found a problem yet but the coolant level is not at the FULL COLD mark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL engine coolant at the coolant recovery tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 27 for more information Z CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine Wh
225. gnal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Home Remote The Universal Home Remote indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly Proceed with Step 4 under Programming Universal Home Remote to complete 2 55 Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate Universal Home Remote button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons Erase the programmed buttons when you sell or terminate your lease To erase all programmed buttons on the Universal Home Remote device 1 Press and hold down the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons 2 56 Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button To reprogram any of the three Universal Home Remote buttons repeat the programming instructions earlier in this section beginning with Step 2 For help or information on the Universal Home Remote System call the customer assistance phone number under Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 5 Storage Areas Glove Box Open the glove box by pulling the bottom of the handle upward Cupholder s Your vehicle may have two cupholders in front of the front armrest storage area You may also have a cupholder in the center of the rear bench seat Pull down on the lid to open the cupholder Front Seat Storage Net Your vehicle has st
226. gnal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 65 for additional information 5 64 Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
227. gs and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 43 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview with Compass and Temperature Display 2 41 Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display 2 38 Outside Convex Mirror ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 2 44 Outside Power Mirrors ccceseeeeeeeeee tenes 2 43 My GMLink COM orrs resine ipia aR a 7 4 Navigation System Privacy seceeeeeeeeeeeee 7 18 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual l e 3 61 New Vehicle Break In cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 18 Odometer ssivcseaiscedicsui se steelsioveveninwwerelalds ceoeeeiees 3 27 Odometer THD z sactciss ernen E a a a EES EaR 3 27 Off Road Driving soere mirinda enra 4 12 Off Road Lamps isic iseina ena ee 3 18 Off Road Recovery cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 10 Oil ENGQING E E E EE 5 15 Pressure Light sciecsccccscesccesamedcensan caderensvetenebu 3 38 Oil Engine Oil Life System cee 5 18 Older Children Restraints cccccceeeeeee es 1 30 Online Owner Center ccceceeeeeeeceeneeeeeeees 7 4 OnStar Privacy 222srssdicctonaeccaaonsesshceeade bes akeni 7 18 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 48 Operation Universal Home Remote System 2 52 Other Warning Devices 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 6 Outlet Adjustment cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 24 Outlets Accessory POWET
228. h while fully loaded on high friction surfaces Your vehicle can climb a 16 inch 40 6 cm vertical step Step climbing is best done by approaching the step at an angle rather than straight on Brake and Accelerator Operation Techniques for Off Road Driving For logs walls rocks severe ditches hills sand etc 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop Do not rev the engine 2 Select the proper transmission and transfer case gear range usually FIRST 1 gear Four Wheel Low Lock for such obstacles 3 If wheel spin is experienced maintain steady throttle with your foot off the brake pedal to allow the Traction Control System TCS to control the wheel spin TCS might not operate if the brakes are applied 4 If wheel spin cannot be controlled by the TCS system fully press the brake pedal with your left foot so all wheel spin is stopped 5 Back away from the obstacle so that a new approach can be tried 6 As the first wheel crosses the obstacle be prepared to alternate the brake and accelerator pedal to maintain control and avoid tire drop off from obstacles Repeat this process for the other wheels For mounds washouts loose up hill slopes ditches etc When wheel spin occurs as the vehicle is moving the driver may notice a slight shaking or shuddering of the vehicle This should be stopped as soon as possible to prevent damage to vehicle components This is the indication that a loss of traction
229. h a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings You will also find notices in this manual Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seats c2c c cccccceceieceseetesseeecceeeeneecnedeeeeees 1 2 Securing a Child Restraint in a Manual Seats iaeiaiai sieren i EEEE 1 2 Rear Outside Seat Position ceee 1 48 Power SCatS a enei nenns mirana a e EREE 1 3 Securing a Child Restraint in the Power EUMD AP cecosismcairanrenaseu taneman ai ue ie 1 3 Center Rear Seat Position ceeeee 1 50 Heated Seats noiire earan eana 1 4 Securing a Child Restraint in the Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeee
230. h a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM six XM1 and six XM2 if equipped can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press AUTO EQ to select the equalization 5 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set returns and the equalization that was selected is stored for that pushbutton 6 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton 3 51 Setting the Tone Bass Treble 2 Bass Treble Press and release until BAS BASS or TRE TREB displays Turn to increase or to decrease The display shows the bass or the treble level If a station is weak or has static decrease the treble To adjust the bass and the treble to the middle position press and hold this knob The radio produces one beep To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press and hold when no tone or speaker control is displayed CEN or ALL CENTERED displays and a beep sounds AUTO EQ Automatic Equalization Press to select customized equalization settings designed for country western jazz talk pop rock and classical To return the bass and treble to the manual mode press and release the a knob until MANUA
231. h and place the loops found on each corner of the cover over the two pegs in each corner of the rear if the vehicle When it is not in use fold up the cover and return it to the pouch Cargo Tie Downs Your vehicle may have four cargo tie downs These tie downs are located in tracks on the roof of the vehicle Each tie down can be moved to anywhere on the track To loosen turn the tie down counterclockwise until it moves freely in the track To tighten turn the tie down clockwise 2 59 Sunroof To operate a power sliding sunroof the ignition must be on or Retained Accessory Power RAP must be active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 20 The switch used to operate the sunroof is located in the headliner Open Close Press and release the back of the switch to fully open the sunroof If the sunshade is in the closed position it automatically opens with the sunroof To stop the sunroof before it reaches the full open position press and release the front or back of the switch An air deflector raises when the sunroof is fully opened Press the front of the switch to close the sunroof 2 60 Vent With the sunroof closed press and hold the front of the switch to vent the sunroof To stop the sunroof before it reaches its full vent position release the switch Press and hold the back of the switch to close Do not keep the sunroof open for long periods of time Debris may collect in the tracks Sun
232. h the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the rear tires Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and conditions Follow that manufacturer s retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels AUTION Continued CAU inued with chains on will damage your vehicle 5 77 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be
233. have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph 1 6 to 3 2 km h Press and release the Four Wheel Low Lock button If your vehicle has a manual transmission the clutch pedal must be pressed to the floor while you press the Four Wheel Low Lock button or the shift will not be completed You must wait for the Four Wheel Low Lock indicator light to stop flashing and remain lit before shifting your transmission in gear It is normal for your vehicle to have engagement noise and bump when shifting between Four Wheel Low and Four Wheel High ranges or from NEUTRAL with the engine running If the Four Wheel Low Lock button is pressed when your vehicle is in gear and or moving too fast the Four Wheel Low Lock indicator light will flash for 15 seconds and not complete the shift unless your vehicle is moving less than 3 mph 5 km h and the transmission is in NEUTRAL N After 15 seconds the transfer case will return to the last chosen setting 2 29 Shifting Out of Four Wheel Low Lock Notice Shifting the transmission into gear before the indicator light stops flashing could cause damage to the transfer case Always wait until the indicator light stops flashing before putting the transmission back in gear To shift out of Four Wheel Low Lock your vehicle must be stopped or moving less than 3 mph 5 km h with the transmission in NEUTRAL N and the ignition in ON The preferred method for shifting out of Four Wheel Low Lock is to have your vehicle m
234. he brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill see Towing a Trailer on page 4 50 Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission A CAUTION Z CAUTION With all wheel drive your vehicle will be free to roll even if your shift lever is in PARK P if your transfer case is in NEUTRAL So be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear four wheel high 4H or four wheel low 4L not in NEUTRAL It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by pressing could be injured To be sure your vehicle will the shift lever button and moving the lever as not move even when you are on fairly level far forward as it will go ground use the steps that follow If you 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF oo eo Bee Towing a Traner 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can page leave your vehicle with the key your vehicle is in PARK P 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 32 for more information 2 33 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engi
235. he cover and lift To reinstall the cover line up the The engine compartment fuse block is located on the tabs and push down on the cover until the tabs clicks driver side of the engine compartment See Engine into place Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on your vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component 5 103 Front Wiper fe N D N Boe go paga E ERRR p le PARARI Jeelkeees sae Je eggs ge sae ele r 35 elk ae efes a Roof Lamp Battery Ignition Switch Heated Seats Grille Guard Fuel Pump 5 104 Fuse Usage e Power Locks o Sunroof Front Washer Pump Radio Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning Display Air Injection Reactor AIR Solenoid Mass Air Flow Sensor Purge Solenoid Back up Lamps Fuse Usage Daytime Running Lamps Air Injection Reactor AIR Solenoid 5 105 Tee ee Transfer Case Control Module Switch Climate Control 60 _ Spare8 Cd 61 Power Seats SS Passenger Side Power Window Antilock Brakes StabiliTrak 2 Solenoid Antilock Brakes StabiliTrak 1 Motor 5 106 Usage Daytime Augie Lamps Air ae a AIR Solenoid Usage Air Conditioning Clutch Diode Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric Please refer to Recommended Fluids and Lu
236. he engine off but this is used only as a reference Let the engine run at idle for five minutes if outside temperatures are 50 F 10 C or more If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to idle the engine longer Should the fluid level be low during this cold check you must check the fluid hot before adding fluid Checking the fluid hot will give you a more accurate reading of the fluid level Checking the Fluid Level Prepare your vehicle as follows 1 Park your vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running 2 With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in PARK P 3 With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear range pausing for about three seconds in each range Then position the shift lever in PARK P 4 Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps 1 Flip the handle up and then pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel The automatic transmission dipstick handle with this symbol on it is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine C i tO 5 12 3 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower gime SOM Panne N M VEIVIEW ON Page level The fluid level must be in the COLD area for more information on location below the cross hatched area for a cold check or in 2 Push it back in all the way wait three seconds and the HO
237. he sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO SIGNAL to indicate interference 3 62 Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged If the mast should ever become slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly bent replace it Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to its base If tightening is required tighten by hand then with a wrench one quarter turn XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception If your vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed Section 4 Driving Your Vehicle Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Driving atiNiQnt cessionario 4 32 Defensive Driving cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 33 Drunk DIVINO essene a eese aaa E ARE 4 2 Before Leaving on a Long Trip eecssccccccccccee 4 34 Control of a Vehicle ssisesssisssncorsrcsnaries neess 4 3
238. heck the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Inspect your vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 68 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 32 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 On automatic transmission vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service On manual transmission vehicles put the shift lever in NEUTRAL push the clutch pedal down halfway
239. hicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 99 Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 95 5 95 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish You can get approved cleaning products from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 99 If your vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a ba
240. hings to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing e What s the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Do you have the proper towing equipment See your dealer retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e ls your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you ll want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 34 Dinghy Towing 6 Put the transmission in PARK P for an automatic transmission or in FIRST 1 for Use the following procedure to tow your vehicle a manual transmission 1 Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL N 7 Release the parking brake only after the vehicle Turn the engine off but leave the ignition in ON shih towed is firmly attached to the towing vehicle 2 3 Firmly set the parking brake EP f 8 Turn the ignition off Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow a vehicle After towing see Shifting Out of NEUTRAL under Full Time Four Wheel Drive on page 2 27 A CAUTION ides Abe Notice Dolly towing your vehicle will damage drivetrain components Do not dolly tow your Shifting a full time four wheel drive vehicle s b vehicle transfer case into NEUTRAL can cause y
241. hy we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any additional rights you may have The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you Contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations
242. i e een fee DRE fig Example 2 53 0 Example 3 inai Subtract Subtract 1 000 Ibs Occupant ee 750 Ibs 340 kg Occupant Weight 453 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 200 Ibs 91 ka x5 9 Available Cargo Available Cargo rae e 250 250 lbs 113 ko 113 250 lbs 113 ko Eae obs 0k obs 0k 4 45 Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers cargo and any accessories or equipment added to your vehicle after it left the factory should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Certification Tire Label GAWR FRT GAWR RR mopeL __ SPAH TIRE SIZE SPEED RATING RIM COLD TIRE PRESSURE ear O OCS ae Ce O CIC _ Cd oOo oc sa C AR Label Example A vehicle specific Certification Tire label is attached to the bottom section of the center pillar B pillar on the drivers side of the vehicle 4 46 The label shows the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel cargo and trailer tongue weight if pulling a trailer The Certification Tire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you
243. ials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you should use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 67 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 6 16 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer befo
244. ild might slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The child could also move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle In addition young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone they need to use a child restraint 1 33 A CAUTION People should never hold an infant in their arms while riding in a vehicle An infant does not weigh much until a crash During a
245. in Canada The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running by pressing the trip information stem See Odometer under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 40 for more information If the cluster is replaced the new one will automatically detect and update the vehicle s accumulated mileage Trip Odometer Your vehicle has a trip odometer that can tell you how far your vehicle has been driven since you last set the trip odometer to zero See Trip Odometer under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 40 for more information Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm 3 7L L5 Shown 5 3L V8 Similar Notice f you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area 3 27 Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the driver s safety belt is already buckled The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more IA This chime and light is repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver s belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will
246. ine run while parked preferably on level ground with the transmission out of gear and the parking brake applied for a few minutes before turning the engine off If you do get the overheat warning see Engine Overheating on page 5 29 4 58 Parking on Hills A CAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here s how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but don t shift into PARK P yet for an automatic transmission or into gear for a manual transmission Turn your wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and shift into PARK P for an automatic transmission or into gear for a manual transmission 5 Release the regular brakes When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you e start your engine e shift into a gear and e release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store
247. ing performance The indicator light will be lit to show this mode is active If the recirculation button is pressed while in this mode the light will flash three times and stay on to indicate that recirculation may not be shut off The right knob on the control panel is used to direct the airflow inside the vehicle In between modes are available by moving the right control knob between modes with symbols The in between mode is a combination of the two modes that the control is centered between Turn the right knob to select one of the following modes 7s Vent This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets 3 23 74 Bi Level This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets and the remaining air to the floor outlets and the defroster and side window outlets Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets ad Floor This mode directs air to the floor outlets side window outlets and defroster Recirculation is not available in this mode Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from the windshield and side windows Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly
248. ing and display the last selection made If an abnormal reading is displayed see your dealer retailer Automatic Dimming Mirror Operation C Press this button to turn the automatic dimming feature on or off The indicator light to the left of the button will turn on to indicate when the feature is on Once the mirror is turned off it will remain off until it is turned back on or until the vehicle is restarted Compass Operation Press the compass temperature button once briefly to turn the display on or off 2 44 Compass Calibration The compass may need calibration if one of the following occurs e If CAL is displayed while driving in the vehicle e After approximately five seconds the display does not show a compass heading N for North for example there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic antenna mount magnetic note pad holder or a similar magnetic item e The compass does not display the correct heading and the compass zone variance is set correctly In order to calibrate CAL must be displayed in the mirror compass windows If CAL is not displayed push in the compass temperature button for approximately nine seconds or until CAL is displayed The compass can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction Compass Variance The mirror is set in zone eight upon leaving the
249. ing the Maintenance Schedule 0 6 2 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Additional Required Services ceeeeeee eee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing eee 6 15 Maintenance Footnotes cceeeeeeeeeeeee eters 6 7 Maintenance Record eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 6 16 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended GM Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the leve
250. install the new bulb socket into the headlamp assembly and turn it clockwise to secure Close the hood Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps A Stoplamp Taillamp and Turn Signal Lamp B Back up Lamp 5 50 To replace one of these bulbs in the taillamp assembly e Open the swing gate See Swing gate on page 2 10 for more information 2 Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly Passenger s Side Shown 3 Pull the taillamp assembly away from the vehicle Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly Holding the socket pull the old bulb to release it from the socket Push the new bulb into the socket until it clicks Insert the bulb socket into the taillamp assembly and turn it clockwise to secure Reinstall the taillamp assembly by lining up the locator pins with the retainers in the vehicle s body Reinstall the two screws and tighten Close the swing gate License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs 1 Reach under the bumper for the bulb socket 2 Remove the two screws holding the license plate lamp 5 51 3 Pull the license plate lamp away from the fascia 4 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the license plate lamp assembly 5 Install the new bulb into the socket 6 Insert the bulb socket into the license plate lamp assembly and turn it clockwise to sec
251. int state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs 1 36 A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body Ina crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints the restraint The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in
252. ipped with a trailer towing package on the headlamps to boost the vehicle system voltage the rear bumper harness will have a seven pin universal to properly charge the battery heavy duty trailer connector attached to a bracket on the hitch platform 4 60 Four Wire Harness Adapter If you need to tow a light duty trailer with a standard four way flat pin connector an adapter is available from your dealer retailer Use this adapter to connect a standard four way pin connector to the seven wire harness on your vehicle Connect the adapter with the tab pointing up The flip cap on the vehicle s seven wire harness will lock onto the tab see arrow in the previous graphic and help hold the adapter in place Plug the four way pin connector onto the adapter 4 61 Trailer Brake Control Wiring Harness The trailer brake control wiring harness is located under the instrument panel to the right of the steering column The wires are taped to the harness that goes to the courtesy light under the instrument panel The harness will contain the following wires e Red Wire AUX B e Black Wire Ground e Light Blue Wire Brake Signal e Dark Blue Wire Trailer Brakes 4 62 Trailer Recommendations You must subtract your hitch loads from the Cargo Weight Rating CWR CWR is the maximum weight of the load your vehicle can carry It doesn t include the weight of the people inside but you can figure about 150 Ibs 68 kg
253. ire and its wheel together Appearance Care Interior Cleaning Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior 5 91 When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that m
254. is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 48 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip info
255. ition Push the lever labeled PULL from right to left to lock the crossrail in place Reinstall end cap and lock by turning the key clockwise Repeat Steps 5 through 7 to the opposite end of the crossrail Stop Tabs If your vehicle has a sunroof it will have a crossrail stop tab placed in the siderail This tab prevents you from moving the crossrails past the opening of the sunroof and loading cargo too far forward Your vehicle may have cargo tie downs Once you load the cargo onto the crossrails secure it by tying it down to the cargo tie downs Do not load cargo directly on the roof of your vehicle See Cargo Tie Downs on page 2 59 for more information Rear Storage Area Your vehicle has a rear storage area located on the passenger s side of the cargo area To open pull the two tabs out and open lid Convenience Net Your vehicle may have a convenience net in the rear of the vehicle Put small loads behind the net The net is not for heavier loads Store them as far forward as you can Cargo Cover Notice If you put items onto the cargo cover the weight of the items could cause the attachment clips to break You would no longer be able to attach and use the cargo cover The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never put anything on top of the cargo cover If your vehicle has a cargo cover you can use it to cover items in the rear of the vehicle Remove the cover from its pouc
256. ition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill e Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane e Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident e Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action See Off Road Driving on page 4 12 for information about driving off road Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You might want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 5 54 4 35 Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet
257. jured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt Frontal airbags are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes Rollover capable roof rail airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle and in the event of a vehicle rollover They are not designed to inflate in frontal or in rear crashes during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safet but do not replace them y y y belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 1 55 A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of A CAUTION Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the prot
258. king your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer retailer Remember to bring any remaining transmitters with you when you go to your dealer retailer When the dealer retailer matches the replacement transmitter to your vehicle any remaining transmitters must also be matched Once your dealer retailer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle Each vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in the RKE transmitter should last about two years The battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it is probably time to change the battery Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery 1 Insert a coin or similar object in the slot between the covers of the transmitter housing Gently pry the transmitter apart 2 Remove and replace the battery with a three volt CR2032 or equivalent battery 3 Align the covers and snap them together 4 Check the operation of the transmitter Doors and Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle From the outside use the key in the driver s door or use the remote key
259. l of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e are driven off road in the recommended manner See Off Road Driving on page 4 12 e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further informatio
260. l on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Certification Tire and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 107 for your vehicle s engine code Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 67 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wipe
261. l or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work for you You might feel the brakes vibrate or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies With ABS you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle has a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that any of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system applies the brakes to limit wheel spin and also reduces engine power You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal The Traction Control System may operate on dry roads under some conditions When this happens you may notice a reduction in acceleration or a pumping sound This is normal and doesn t mean there s a problem with your vehicle Examples of these conditions include hard acceleration in a turn an abrupt upshift or downshift of the transmission or driving on rough roads If your vehicle is in cruise control when the TCS begins to limit wheel
262. ld not be covered by your vehicle s warranty 2 21 Engine Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater if available can help in cold weather conditions at or below 0 F 18 C for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Plug in the coolant heater at least four hours before starting your vehicle An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord may exist which will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above 0 F 18 C To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The cord is located in the engine compartment behind the underhood fuse block on the driver s side of the vehicle 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet 2 22 A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things
263. le Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels 5 97 Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle 5 98 Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provid
264. le see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation You can lock and unlock the vehicle s doors and disarm or arm the theft deterrent system from about 3 feet 1 m up to 30 feet 9 m away using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 14 for additional information UNLOCK Press this button to unlock the driver s door and turn on the interior lamps The parking lamps may also flash and the horn may chirp Press the unlock button again within three seconds and all of the doors will unlock when this button is pressed LOCK Press this button to lock all the doors The parking lamps may also flash and the horn may chirp when this button is pressed If a door is open or ajar when the lock button is pressed the doors will lock but the theft deterrent system will not arm until the open door is closed Different feedback modes can be programmed through the Driver Information Center DIC See Remote Keyless Entry Feedback under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 40 x Panic Press this button to make the horn sound and the headlamps and taillamps flash for up to 30 seconds To turn them off do one of these three things wait for 30 seconds press the panic button again or start the vehicle Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unloc
265. lephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer retailer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 20 for more information Setting the Time Press and hold H until the correct hour and AM or PM displays Press and hold M until the correct minute displays The time can be set with the ignition on or off Radio s w st a M SEEK Dl we M Aee e Radio with Six Disc CD Player LM Tes IIe Radio with Single CD Your vehicle has one of these radios as its audio system 3 49 Playing the Radio Power Volume Press to turn the system on and off Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or to decrease the volume DISP Display Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time When the ignition is turned off press to display the time For XM if equipped press the DISP button while in XM
266. less entry transmitter Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening From the inside use the manual lock levers or power door lock switch Power Door Locks The power door lock switches are located on the driver s and the front passenger s doors vaN i D Driver s side shown Press L lock to lock all the doors at once To unlock all the doors press U unlock Programmable Automatic Door Locks If your vehicle has an automatic transmission it is programmed from the factory to lock the doors automatically when the shift lever is moved out of PARK P All the doors will unlock when the shift lever is moved back into PARK P If your vehicle has a manual transmission it is programmed from the factor
267. ll only be able to remove your key when the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF If you have an automatic transmission the ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK OFF unless the shift lever is in PARK P If the steering wheel is locked move it from right to left and turn the key to ACC ACCESSORY If none of this works then your vehicle needs service B ACC ACCESSORY This is the position in which you can operate your electrical accessories or items plugged into the accessory power outlets On automatic transmission vehicles this position unlocks the ignition On manual transmission vehicles it unlocks the ignition and steering wheel Use this position if your vehicle must be pushed or towed C ON RUN This is the position that the switch returns to after you start your engine and release the switch The switch stays in ON when the engine is running But even when the engine is not running you can use ON RUN to operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument panel cluster warning and indicator lights The transmission is also unlocked in this position on automatic transmission vehicles The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time START D This is the position that starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The igniti
268. lt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal near frontal or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if your vehicle has side impact airbags safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a rollover event Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 70 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 1 Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body to remove the guide from its storage clip 1 27 A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts
269. ly to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 5 74 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performa
270. m also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage wou
271. m the rear view mirror Once the driver shifts out of REVERSE R the video screen will slide back into the rear view mirror after a delay The display has a guideline overlay that can help the driver align the vehicle when backing into a parking spot To turn off the rear vision camera system do the following 1 Place the vehicle shift lever in PARK P 2 Turn the ignition key to the ACCESSORY position 3 Press the right mirror button briefly the right green light indicator will turn off The rear camera vision display is now disabled To turn on the rear camera vision feature again press the right mirror button briefly The green light indicator will illuminate The rear camera vision system is now enabled and the display will slide out from the mirror normally To manually slide out the rear camera screen for cleaning do the following 1 Place the vehicle shift lever in PARK P 2 Turn the ignition key to the ACCESSORY or RUN position 3 Press and hold the right mirror button for five seconds The display will slide out from the mirror for 30 seconds the right green LED indicator will remain illuminated The camera screen will not be on when it slides out of the mirror 4 If additional time is required for cleaning repeat step 3 To resume normal operation press the right button momentarily while the rear camera screen is out or wait 30 seconds for screen to slide back into the mirror For more info
272. matic Transmission eee 2 33 Shifting Out of PARK P Automatic Transmission cee 2 35 Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission 2 35 Parking Over Things That Burn 0 00ee 2 36 Engine EXHaUSt sissitoiminnan 2 36 Running the Engine While Parked 2 37 2 1 Section 2 Features and Controls MINOT S ice sccsenesitivn itnt aa Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display sensececsneneeernrernnn Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Compass and Temperature Display Outside Power Mirrors eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Outside Convex Mirror cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Object Detection Systems cee Rear Vision Camera cccceceeceeeseeeeeeeeees OnStar System 0 00 0 ccc cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeenees Universal Home Remote System Universal Home Remote System Operation With One Triangular LED eeeeeeeee ee 2 38 Storage Areas 0 ccc eee cece ee cnet errereen 2 56 GIOVE BOX css ccs detinnsnechienedon tatu a ier decd tonnes 2 56 GUPNOIGEN S 2s 0s vescaciaks naaa nE EEES 2 56 Front Seat Storage Net 0 00 00 eceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 57 Front Armrest Storage Area ceeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 57 Luggage Carrier cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 2 57 Rear Storage Area cceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tente
273. matic lighting do any of the following e Turn the headlamp control from AUTO to off and release the control It will return back to the AUTO position by itself e Turn the headlamp control from AUTO to the parking lamp or headlamp position See Automatic Headlamp System on page 3 17 for more information Vehicles first sold in Canada with an automatic transmission cannot turn off automatic headlamps unless the gear position is in PARK P and the headlamp switch is turned to the Off position Vehicles first sold in Canada with a manual transmission can turn off the automatic headlamps with the headlamp control however the parking lamps will remain on 300 Parking Lamps Turn the knob to this position to turn on the parking lamps together with the following e Sidemarker Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights 2D Headlamps Turn the knob to this position to turn on the headlamps together with the previously listed lamps and lights The headlamps can be switched from low to high beam by pushing the turn signal multifunction lever toward the instrument panel Headlamps on Reminder A headlamp reminder chime will sound if the following conditions are met e The driver door is open e Parking lamps or headlamps are manually turned on e The key is either not in the ignition switch or it is in the LOCK position of the ignition switch The headlamp reminder cannot be turned off if the c
274. matic transmission is in PARK P or the manual transmission is in any gear You or others could be injured Make sure the parking brake is firmly set before you shift the transfer case to NEUTRAL 5 Simultaneously press and hold the Four Wheel High and Four Wheel Low Lock buttons for 10 seconds The NEUTRAL light will come on when the transfer case shift to NEUTRAL is complete Press and hold the regular brake pedal and Shift the transmission to REVERSE R for one second then shift the transmission for one second to DRIVE D for an automatic transmission or FIRST 1 for vehicles have a manual transmission and then let out the clutch This is to ensure the transfer case is in NEUTRAL If not repeat this procedure starting at Step 3 7 Turn the engine off by turning the key to ACC 8 Place the transmission shift lever in PARK P for an automatic transmission or FIRST 1 for vehicles that have a manual transmission 9 Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF Shifting Out of NEUTRAL To shift out of NEUTRAL 1 Set the parking brake and apply the regular brake pedal 2 Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL N for an automatic transmission or press the clutch pedal for vehicles that have a manual transmission Then turn the ignition to ON with the engine off 3 Press the button for the desired transfer case shift position Four Wheel High Four Wheel High Lock or Four Wheel Low Lock After the transfer case has shif
275. move the wheel nuts from the tire Now jack up the vehicle Jacking Locations Overall View A Front Position Lower Control Arm B Rear Position Lower Axle 4 Locate the vehicle s jacking positions A and B 5 84 5 Assemble the jack and tools as follows mM IT i rt i U ZEN ap DS Rear Positions Front Position Refer to the graphic above to locate the placement of the jack if the flat tire is on the rear of the Front Tire Flat If the flat tire is on a front tire of vehicle the vehicle you will need to use the jack handle and both jack handle extensions Attach the wheel wrench to the jack handle extensions Attach the jack handle to the jack From the front of the vehicle position the jack on the front lower control arm along the bar that runs front to back Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground 5 85 FO E E A TKA HALO satacatas RA 202059 Se 7 N2 Qa RO Rear Tire Flat You will need to use the jack handle and both jack handle extensions Attach the wheel wrench to the jack extensions Attach the jack handle to the jack From the rear of the vehicle align the jack under the rear axle Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground 5 86
276. mp 5 47 Passenger s Side Shown 7 Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly S O i 8 Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp Ine adjustment aoe cal be turned with an E8 beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line Turn it Torx socket or T15 Torx screwdriver clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the beam The top edge of the cut off should be positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line 9 Repeat Steps 7 and 8 for the opposite headlamp 5 48 Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 52 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Headlamps To replace a headlamp bulb 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information 2 Reach in and access the headlamp bulb socket from inside the engine compartment 3 4 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly and pull it straight out Unplug the electrical connector by pushing the release tab and pulling the bulb socket out Replace with a new bulb socket Reinstall the electrical connector Re
277. mp start is covered at no charge if the vehicle does not start e Trip Routing Service Upon request Roadside Assistance will send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with helpful travel information pertaining to your trip Please allow three weeks before your planned departure date In Canada trip routing requests will be limited to six per calendar year Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km warranty period Items covered are hotel meals and rental car HUMMER and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence HUMMER Technician Roadside Service U S only HUMMER s exceptional Roadside Service is more than an auto club or towing service It provides every HUMMER owner in the United States with the advantage of contacting a HUMMER advisor and where available a HUMMER trained dealer technician who can provide on site service A dealer technician will travel to your location generally within a 30 mile radius of a participating HUMMER dealership If beyond this radius we will arrange to
278. n A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on your vehicle s wheels 5 72 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system may give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 63 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 for more information about the Tire and Loading Informati
279. n A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for your service needs you will know that trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 9 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Sche
280. n page 3 36 The FUEL CAP message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice f you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 Filling a Portable Fuel Container i A CAUTION Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete e Do not smoke while pumping fuel Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense fuel only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground
281. n when they are underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the
282. nally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and s
283. nce Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual
284. ne Running Automatic Transmission A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pressing the shift lever button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P 2 34 Torque Lock Automatic Transmission If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transmission into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 33 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the
285. ne Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for battery location Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Siarting on page 5 42 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If you drive your vehicle infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of your vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This will help maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time 5 41 Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your
286. ne Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Brake Fluid Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 38 Battery See Battery on page 5 41 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 36 Radiator Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 31 Engine Compartment Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 103 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the cross hatched area L add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 107 Notice Do not add too much oil If the
287. nformation about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee 7 15 Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to
288. ning at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle DRIVE D This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than about 35 mph 55 km h push your accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 10 DRIVE D can be used when towing a trailer You may want to shift the transmission to THIRD 3 or if necessary a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions THIRD 3 This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed more than DRIVE D without using your brakes You might choose THIRD 3 instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly winding roads when towing a trailer so there is less shifting between gears and when going
289. nk but engine cooling fan leave the radiator pressure cap off 7 By this time the coolant level inside the radiator filler neck might be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck 8 Then replace the pressure cap At any time during this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the filler neck reinstall the pressure cap Be sure to secure it tightly 5 35 Engine Fan Noise This vehicle has a clutched engine cooling fan When the clutch is engaged the fan spins faster to provide more air to cool the engine In most everyday driving conditions the clutch is not engaged This improves fuel economy and reduces fan noise Under heavy vehicle loading trailer towing and or high outside temperatures the fan speed increases when the clutch engages So you may hear an increase in fan noise This is normal and should not be mistaken as the transmission slipping or making extra shifts It is merely the cooling system functioning properly The fan will slow down when additional cooling is not required and the clutch disengages You may also hear this fan noise when you start the engine It will go away as the fan clutch disengages 5 36 Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location AIAN AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check
290. ns How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Roof rail airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body Rollover capable roof rail airbags are designed to help contain the head and chest of occupants in the outboard seating positions in the first and second rows The rollover capable roof rail airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of full or partial ejection in rollover events although no system can prevent all such ejections But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 59 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some
291. nsmission Park P Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Fluid Lubricat Lubricants rasna Optikleen Washer Solvent Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part Power Steerin GM Power Steering Fluid number or specification can be obtained from your 9 GM Part No U S 89021184 in dealer retailer System A 89021186 Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic Us
292. o U S 12346241 in Canada 10953474 Outer Swing gate Handle Pivot Points Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Squeaks Fluid Lubricant Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Canada 10953474 Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Synthetic Grease with Teflon Superlube GM Part No U S 12371287 in Canada 10953437 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Parte art Number Aa Beteo Part Number Orver te Tnehes 5om J ws OOO Passerger 167 inches ooeny voes J OSS Rear 11 8 inches 30 0 cm 10389557 y Engine Drive Belt Routing 3 7L L5 Engine 5 3L V8 Engine 6 15 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 9 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Main
293. od of time If you need to leave your key in before starting the engine Your vehicle has an the ignition but not in LOCK for an extended period automatic transmission shift lock control system it is recommended that you disconnect the battery cable You must fully apply your regular brakes first and from the battery to prevent discharging your battery then press the shift lever button before you can There are several different positions for your shift lever shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in ON 2 23 If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 35 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transmission see If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 39 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only 2 24 A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is run
294. oee a cate e 2 20 Event Data Recorders o srcensisirass ninrinpi 7 17 Exit LIQhttig eetri onia ea E TEA 3 20 Extender Safety Belt ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 1 30 Exterior Lamps iitdsetiiccciet ceansads coatetensenn ansas 3 15 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een ees 5 20 Finish Damage 0s 2cesecandeedancadeseadesews bas sete hen 5 98 Fixed Mast Antenna cccccceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeees 3 62 Flashers Hazard Warning 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 6 FlaSh tO P SS iseinean ani 3 9 Flat WIG seipi initan enon eno a tee ae 5 78 Flat Tire Changing ccsseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen ees 5 79 Flat Tire Storing vesiecssveees sdaeeed antvreiestaxeesensien 5 89 Fluid snee a a E 5 21 5 24 Power Steering ccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 36 Windshield Washer cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 37 Fog Lamp FOG are Gp eds ieteewln E EN hee 3 19 Four Wheel Drive ccccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaes 5 46 Four Wheel Drive Full Time c00eeeeeee 2 27 Front Armrest Storage Area ceeeeeeeee eee ees 2 57 Front AXIE iciciccctctetdccniiusasaietancwetwoisianaetaeaatad 5 46 Front Seat Storage Net cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen ees 2 57 Fuel naa e e a E aa aedene es 5 5 Additives oocriiiecnrecnenirinanirisnre snn tensuninane 5 6 California Fuel cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 005 5
295. of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top 1 28 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip and then slide the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and slide them in between the seatback and the interior body leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly 1 29 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your deale
296. of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 1 50 6 If your child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for more information 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat Position Many child restraints are too wide to be correctly secured in the center rear seat although some of them will fit there If the center seat position is too narrow for your child restraint secure it in a rear outside seat position If you secure a child restraint in the center seat position follow the instructions in Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position on page 1 48 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensin
297. og lamps to work 0 Press the button to turn the fog lamps on while the headlamps or parking lamps are on Press the button again to turn them off An indicator light will glow in the button when the fog lamps are on The fog lamp button is located in the exterior lamps control Remember fog lamps alone will not give off as much light as your headlamps Never use your fog lamps in the dark without turning on the headlamps The fog lamps will go off whenever your high beam headlamps come on When the high beams go off the fog lamps will come on again Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness et Instrument Panel Brightness This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel lights The thumbwheel for this feature is located next to the exterior lamp control Turn the thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights and the radio display The instrument panel lights cluster and radio display do not dim to complete darkness Turn the thumbwheel all the way up to turn the dome lamps on Dome Lamp The dome and footwell lamps come on when any door is opened The dome lamps are located in the cargo and front area of the vehicle The dome and footwell lamps can be turned on by turning the thumbwheel located next to the exterior lamps control all the way up In this position the lamps remain on whether a door is
298. ols down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see 3 7L Engine shown 5 3L Engine similar A Coolant Recovery Tank B Engine Cooling Fan C Radiator Pressure Cap If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface 5 31 Im LS ie EE When the engine is cold the coolant level should be at least up to the FULL COLD mark If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system 5 32 A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak start the engine again The engine cooling fan speed should increase when idle speed is doubled by pushing the accelerator pedal down If it does not your vehicle needs service Turn off the engine Notice Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature en
299. omatically disabled See Full Time Four Wheel Drive on page 2 27 for more information To help assist you with directional control of the vehicle you should always leave the system on You can turn StabiliTrak off if you ever need to using the TC traction control on off button If you press and hold the TC button for five seconds the StabiliTrak system and the traction control system will turn off When this is done the STAB SYS OFF message will be displayed on the DIC Press the TC button again to turn StabiliTrak back on See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 If your vehicle is in cruise control when the StabiliTrak activates the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may reengage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 11 for more information Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction
300. ompleted The lever will return by itself when released An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash more quickly than normal a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers will not see your vehicle s turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when signaling a turn check for a burned out bulb or a blown fuse For bulb replacement see Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps on page 5 50 For a blown fuse or circuit breaker see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 102 Turn Signal On Chime If a turn signal is left on for more than 3 4 of a mile 1 2 km a chime will sound at each flash of the turn signal and the message TURN SIGNAL will also appear in the DIC To turn the chime and message off move the turn signal lever to the off position See TURN SIGNAL under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 DIC Warnings and Messages for more information Headlamp High Low Beam Changer ZD D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low to high beam push the lever toward the instrument panel To return to low beam headlamps pull the multifunction lever toward you Then release it When the high beams are on this indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on Flash to Pass This
301. on Label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this could affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes rollover airbags traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 71 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information 5 73 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies on
302. on switch returns to ON RUN for driving When the engine is not running ACC ACCESSORY and ON RUN allows you to operate the electrical accessories such as the radio or items plugged into the accessory power outlets A warning tone will sound if you open the driver s door when the ignition is in ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF and the key is in the ignition Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s door Always remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transmission Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories can be used for up to 20 minutes after the engine is turned off e Audio System e Front Wipers e Power Windows e Sunroof if equipped These features will work when the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY Once the key is turned from ON RUN to LOCK OFF these features continue working for up to 20 minutes or until a door is opened 2 20 Starting the Engine Place the transmission in the proper gear Automatic Transmission Move
303. on the seat cushion to make sure the seat is securely in place If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone A CAUTION This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a Safety belt properly If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from it and be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of yo
304. on each door The driver s door has switches for the passenger windows as well Your power windows will work when the ignition is in ACC Accessory or ON or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Pull up the front edge of the control to raise the window When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows Press the front edge of the control down to lower the window Express Down Window The drivers window has an express down feature that allows you to lower the window without holding the switch Press the front edge of the switch past the first position to activate the express down mode The express down mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the switch To open the window partway press the front of the switch to the first position until the window is at the desired level Window Lockout max Window Lockout The window lockout button is located forward of the window switches This feature disables the passenger s window switches when the button is pressed Press the button again to turn the lockout off A red band on the side of the button can be seen when the windows are not locked out Sun Visors To block glare pull the visor down It can also be detached from the center mount and moved to the side to block glare from that direction There are extenders that can be pulled out for further coverage Visor Vanity Mir
305. on the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the right front passenger s frontal airbag 1 65 Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use 1 66 If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature This may unintentionally cause the passenger sensing system to turn the airbag s off for some adult
306. onditions N NEUTRAL Shift the vehicle s transfer case to NEUTRAL only when towing your vehicle See Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 4 48 or Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 48 for more information 2 28 Notice Driving on pavement in Four Wheel High Lock or Four Wheel Low Lock for extended periods may cause premature wear on your vehicle s powertrain and tires Do not drive in Four Wheel High Lock or Four Wheel Low Lock on pavement for extended periods 4 Four Wheel High Lock Use this mode when you need extra traction in most off road situations such as sand mud snow or level rocky trails Notice Operating your vehicle in Four Wheel Low Lock above 30 mph 48 km h for any extended period of time could cause damage to the transfer case Do not operate your vehicle in Four Wheel Low Lock above 30 mph 48 km h for extended periods 4 Four Wheel Low Lock This mode delivers extra torque to all four wheels and is used for extreme off road conditions You might choose 4 Wheel Low Lock if you are driving in off road situations such as deep sand mud or snow and climbing or descending steep hills If the vehicle has a locking rear axle when in this mode you can also choose to lock the rear axle for additional traction in extreme off road situations See Locking Rear Axle on page 4 6 Indicator lights in the buttons show which mode you are in The indicator lights will come on briefly when you turn on
307. onditions listed above are met In the automatic mode the headlamps turn off once the ignition is in ACC Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system will come on when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e The exterior lamps control is in AUTO e The transmission is not in PARK P if you have an automatic transmission The light sensor determines it is daytime When the DRL are on no other lamps are on The instrument panel will not be lit up either For vehicles first sold in Canada if parking lamps are manually turned on DRL will stay on When it begins to get dark the automatic headlamp system will switch from DRL to the headlamps As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it To turn off the DRL see Exterior Lamps on page 3 15 Vehicles first sold in Canada cannot turn off DRL unless certain conditions are met See Exterior Lamps on page 3 15 Automatic Headlamp System When it is dark enough outside the automatic headlamp system will turn on after the transmission has been shifted from PARK P to DRIVE D
308. ons When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 68 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless entry transmitters may contain perchlorate mater
309. oors when the key is removed from the ignition 3 42 Lock 2 On vehicles with an automatic transmission this mode locks all of the doors when the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P and unlocks the driver s door when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P On vehicles with a manual transmission this mode locks all of the doors when the vehicle speed is greater than 15 mph 24 km h and unlocks the driver s door when the key is removed from the ignition Lock 3 On vehicles with an automatic transmission this mode locks all of the doors when the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P The doors will not automatically unlock On vehicles with a manual transmission this mode locks all of the doors when the vehicle speed is greater than 15 mph 24 km h The doors will not automatically unlock Remote Keyless Entry RKE Feedback This feature allows you to program the Remote Keyless Entry RKE feedback to a preferred setting To set your choice for this feature 1 With the engine off turn the key to LOCK OFF Do not remove the key from the ignition 2 Press and hold the lock and unlock buttons on the RKE transmitter at the same time Hold both buttons until the DIC display shows the current RKE feedback mode 3 To view the next available mode press and hold the reset stem until the mode appears Release the reset stem and press and hold again to view the next mode 4 Once the desired mode is shown on the DIC displa
310. opened or closed 3 19 Dome Lamp Override A Dome Lamp Override You can use the dome override button located below the exterior lamps control to set the dome and footwell lamps to come on automatically when a door is opened or to remain off To turn the lamps off press the button into the in position With the button in this position the dome lamps will remain off when the doors are open To return the lamps to automatic operation press the button again and return it to the out position With the button in this position the dome lamps will come on when you open a door Exit Lighting With exit lighting the interior lamps will come on when you remove the key from the ignition The lamps will not come on if the dome override button is pressed in Reading Lamps Your vehicle has reading lamps Press the button located next to the lamp to turn them on or off These lamps will not come on with the dome lamps 3 20 Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly put the charge back in When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage you may see the voltage move up or down This is n
311. opped across an incline is dangerous If the vehicle rolls over you could be crushed or killed Always get out on the uphill high side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path ge Saas lt lt If your vehicle stalls when you are crossing an incline be sure you and any passengers get out on the uphill side even if the door there is harder to open If you get out on the downhill side and the vehicle starts to roll over you will be right in its path If you have to walk down the slope stay out of the path the vehicle will take if it does roll over Driving in Mud Sand Snow or Ice When you drive in mud snow or sand your wheels will not get good traction You cannot accelerate as quickly turning is more difficult and you will need longer braking distances It is best to use a low gear when you are in mud the deeper the mud the lower the gear In really deep mud the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so you do not get stuck Be careful to keep mud from building up and washing onto the engine cooling system When you drive on sand you will sense a change in wheel traction But it will depend upon how loosely packed the sand is On loosely packed sand such as on beaches or sand dunes your tires will tend to sink into the sand This has an effect on steering accelerating and braking Drive at a reduced speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers 4 29 Hard packed snow
312. or and Canadian Programming later in this section The indicator light on the Universal Home Remote will flash slowly at first and then rapidly after Universal Home Remote successfully receives the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons 2 53 5 2 54 Press and hold the newly trained Universal Home Remote button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on continuously the programming is complete and your garage door should move when the Universal Home Remote button is pressed and released You do not need to continue the programming Steps 6 through 8 and can stop here If the Universal Home Remote indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with the programming Steps 6 through 8 It may be helpful to have another person available to assist with the remaining steps o on onamo 10 6 After Steps 1 through 5 have been completed locate inside the garage the garage door opener receiver motor head unit Locate the Learn or Smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer 7 Firmly press and release the Learn or Smart button After you press this button you will have 30 seconds to complete Step 8 8 Immediately return to the vehicle Firmly press and hold the Universal Home Remote button chosen in Step 3 to control the garage door for two seconds and then rel
313. or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system The key uses a transponder that matches an immobilizer control unit in your vehicle Only the correct key will start the vehicle If the key is ever damaged you may not be able to start your vehicle When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light comes on there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 102 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the theft deterrent system and have a new key made It is possible for the theft deterrent system decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys can be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only Canadian Owners If you lose or damage your keys only a dealer retailer can service the theft deterrent system to have new keys made To program additional keys you will require two current drivers keys To program a new key do the following 1 Verify that the new key ha
314. orage nets located on the back of the front seats To remove these nets pull out on each of the four clips located on the net Front Armrest Storage Area Your vehicle has a front armrest storage area To open lift the latch on the front of the armrest and pull up Luggage Carrier If your vehicle has this feature you can load cargo on your vehicle The luggage carrier consists of siderails attached to the roof The crossrails attach into the siderails and can be moved back and forth to accommodate various cargo sizes Notice Loading cargo on the luggage carrier that weighs more than 250 Ibs 113 kg or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage your vehicle Load cargo only on top of the crossrails and tie the cargo down to the crossrail support cargo tie down loops making sure to fasten it securely Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading your vehicle For more information on vehicle capacity and loading see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 Adjusting the Crossrails To adjust the crossrails to fit your load 1 Use the provided crossrail key to unlock the crossrail end cap by turning it counterclockwise 2 57 2 Remove the end cap 2 58 Pull the lever labeled PULL from left to right to loosen the crossrail Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to the opposite end of the crossrail Once both sides of the crossrail are loose adjust the crossrail to the desired pos
315. ording to vehicle orientation or road conditions Notice The spare tire extends farther away from rear of the vehicle than the trailer hitch shown on rear vision camera display Your spare tire could hit an object even though there appears to be enough distance on the display between the trailer hitch and objects behind you causing vehicle or property damage Do not use this system to judge the distance between the spare tire and objects behind you The following illustration shows the field of view that the camera provides When the System Does Not Seem To Work Properly The rear vision camera system may not work properly or display a clear image in the following situations e In the dark e When the sun or the beam of headlights is shining directly into the camera lens e If ice snow mud or anything else builds up on the camera lens Clean the lens rinse it with water and wipe it with a soft cloth e If the back of the vehicle is in an accident the position and mounting angle of the camera may change or the camera may be affected Be sure to have the camera and its position Bottom of Spare Tire and mounting angle checked at your dealer on badbcdl e Extreme high or low temperatures or extreme temperature changes can affect the image displayed 2 47 OnStar System ile Jl se OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security inf
316. ore You Go Off Roading There are some things to do before you go out For example be sure to have all necessary maintenance and service work done Check to make sure all underbody shields are properly attached Make sure any equipment you may need first aid kit cell phone flashlight etc is securely stored in the vehicle Be sure you read all the information about your four wheel drive vehicle in this manual Is there enough fuel Is the spare tire fully inflated Are the fluid levels up where they should be What are the local laws that apply to off roading where you will be driving If you do not know you should check with law enforcement people in the area Will you be on someone s private land If so be sure to get the necessary permission Loading Your Vehicle for There are some important things to remember about Off Road Driving how to load your vehicle e The heaviest things should be on the load floor and forward of your rear axle Put heavier items in the A CAUTION rear area as far forward as you can e Be sure the load is secured properly so driving on the off road terrain does not toss things around e Cargo on the load floor piled higher than the seatbacks can be thrown forward during You will find other important information in this manual a sudden stop You or your passengers See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 and Tires could be injured Keep cargo below the on page 5 54 top of the seatbacks
317. ore on this including system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal important safety information airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 for more on this including important safety information fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off 3 31 Charging System Light This light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition but the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working It should go out once the engine is running If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the charging system A charging system Driver Information Center DIC message may also appear See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 for more information This light could indicate that you have problems with a generator drive belt or another electrical problem Have it checked right away If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 3 32 Up Shift Light Your vehicle may have an up shift light When this light comes on you should shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions allow you to See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 26 for more information Brak
318. ormal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads A high electrical load occurs when several of the following loads are on headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets Battery Run Down Protection This feature shuts off the dome lamp if it is left on for more than 20 minutes when the ignition is in LOCK This will help prevent your battery from running down Accessory Power Outlet s Your vehicle has accessory power outlets With accessory power outlets you can plug in auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone or CB radio Your vehicle has two accessory power outlets located on the lower part of the instrument panel below the climate control system and there may be one located in the rear cargo area A small cap must be pulled down to access an accessory power outlet When not using an outlet be sure to cover it with the protective cap Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that
319. ormation and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar as provided below A complete OnStar Owner s Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature 2 48 For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For new vehicles equipped with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgra
320. otice e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 95 5 39 Brake Wear Your vehicle has disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes 5 40 Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for w
321. our vehicle have a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly ie 2 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If you ever pull the shoulder portion of a passenger belt out all the way you may engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again Engaging the child restraint locking feature may affect the passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 62 1 24 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 30 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 4 If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder
322. our vehicle to roll even if the automatic Your vehicle cannot be dolly towed If you must tow transmission is in PARK P or the manual your vehicle behind another use the dinghy towing transmission is in any gear You or others procedure listed previously could be injured Make sure the parking brake is firmly set before you shift the transfer case to NEUTRAL 5 Shift the transfer case to NEUTRAL N See Full Time Four Wheel Drive on page 2 27 for the proper procedure to select the NEUTRAL position for your vehicle 4 49 Towing a Trailer A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle 4 50 Notice Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this part and see your dealer for important information about towing a trailer with your vehicle To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weigh
323. oving 1 to 2 mph 1 6 to 3 2 km h Press and release the Four Wheel High or Four Wheel High Lock button If your vehicle has a manual transmission the clutch pedal must be pressed to the floor while you press the Four Wheel High or Four Wheel High Lock button or the shift will not be completed You must wait for the Four Wheel High or Four Wheel High Lock indicator light to stop flashing and remain lit before shifting your transmission into gear 2 30 It is normal for your vehicle to have engagement noise and bump when shifting between Four Wheel Low and Four Wheel High ranges or from NEUTRAL with the engine running If the Four Wheel High or Four Wheel High Lock button is pressed when your vehicle is in gear and or moving too fast the Four Wheel High or Four Wheel High Lock indicator light will flash for 15 seconds but will not complete the shift unless your vehicle is moving less than 3 mph 5 km h and the transmission is in NEUTRAL N Shifting Into NEUTRAL To shift the transfer case to NEUTRAL do the following 1 Set the parking brake 2 Start the vehicle by turning the ignition to START 3 Put the transmission in NEUTRAL N If your vehicle has a manual transmission press and hold the clutch pedal down while you perform Steps 5 through 9 4 Shift the transfer case to Four Wheel High A CAUTION Shifting an all wheel drive vehicle s transfer case into NEUTRAL can cause your vehicle to roll even if the auto
324. ower outlets Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hoods and locate the batteries on both vehicles You will use the positive battery terminal and the remote negative jump starting terminal to jump start your vehicle To access the positive battery terminal open the terminal cover See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on the terminal locations A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the batteries have enough water You do not need to add water to the ACDelco battery or batteries installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you do not explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles co
325. owing a Trailer on page 4 50 2 37 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display Your vehicle may have this feature When on the automatic dimming mirror dims to the proper level to minimize glare from lights behind you after dark The mirror has a dual display in the upper right corner of the mirror face that shows the compass reading and the outside temperature Control buttons for the OnStar system are at the bottom of the mirror See OnStar System on page 2 48 for more information about the services OnStar provides This button is used as a toggle for changing displays and as an on off toggle during a function Your vehicle may also have a Rear Vision Camera See Rear Vision Camera on page 2 44 for more information 2 38 Slide Out Video Feature Enable Press and hold for three seconds to toggle the slide out video feature on off An indicator light will turn on at the time the slide out video is enabled If the slide out video feature is on each time the vehicle is put into reverse the slide out video screen will extend See Rear Vision Camera on page 2 44 for more information The slide out video feature will remain in the current on off state each time the ignition goes through its cycle Slide Out Video Cleaning The slide out video has to be enabled before the cleaning process can take place e Press and hold for six seconds or until the lower in
326. p provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 70 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 74 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get th
327. pacts Both roof rail airbags will deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck or if the sensing system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over Your vehicle has a seat position sensor which enables the sensing system to monitor the position of the driver s seat The sensor provides information that is used to determine if the airbags should deploy at a reduced level or at full deployment In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact In a rollover event roof rail airbag deployment is determined by the direction of the roll 1 60 What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows that have occupant seating positio
328. perator regardless of ownership In Canada a person driving the vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage Services Provided The following services are provided in the U S and Canada up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever occurs first and in Canada only up to a maximum coverage of 100 These services are provided at a nominal charge if the vehicle is no longer in the Powertrain warranty e Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 in Canada For safety reasons propane and other alternate fuels will not be provided through this service e Lock out Service Lock out service will be covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle A remote unlock may be available if you have an active OnStar subscription To ensure security the driver must present personal identification before lock out service is provided In Canada the vehicle registration is also required Emergency Tow from a Public Roadway or Highway Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling crash e Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire in good condition when equipped and properly inflated will be covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure e Jump Start A battery ju
329. play seriously and remember that clearing the messages only makes the messages disappear not correct the problem The following are the possible messages that can be displayed and some information about them 3 43 AC Air Conditioning OFF This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too high and the air conditioning in your vehicle needs to be turned off See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 and Climate Control System on page 3 22 for more information This message displays along with the ENG HOT message ABS Antilock Brake System FAULT This message displays if there is a problem with the Antilock Brake System ABS Check the ABS as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer See Brakes on page 5 38 and Antilock Brake System Warning Light on page 3 34 for more information Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display BRAKES This message displays if there is a problem with the brakes Check the brakes as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer See Brakes on page 5 38 and Brake System Warning Light on page 3 33 for more information Press and release the reset stem to acknowledge the message and clear it from the display 3 44 CHANGE OIL This message displays when the oil needs to be changed Check the oil in your vehicle as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer
330. ps e eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 51 Replacement Bulbs ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 52 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back Up LAMPS cceeeeeeeee stent eee ete ee eee es 5 50 Buying New TireS cccceeeeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 71 CalibratiO M orere aee a 2 38 2 41 California Fuel ccceceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 6 eeeeeees 5 4 Canadian Owners c0ccecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees ii Capacities and Specifications 00 5 107 Carbon Monoxide ccceseeee sees 2 10 2 36 4 50 Care of Safety BeliSictitcistens neil asheniatieacc 5 94 Cargo COVED eirs nanninta aii uaine 2 59 Cargo Tie DOWNS ieiet ciertas nasienie aana 2 59 Chains Tire ccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneneaes 5 77 Charging System Light eeeeeneeeeeneeeeeees 3 32 Check Engine Light esinin a 3 36 Checking Things Under the Hood 255 5 11 Chemical Paint Spotting ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 99 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems cceeeeeeeeee tenes 1 37 Infants and Young Children a se 1 33 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 42 Older Childress aa 1 30 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position ceeeeeeeeeeea 1 48 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Se
331. r the length of the trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 24 According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly 1 31 A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 32 A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The ch
332. r straight on enter at an angle 15 degrees minimum approach A 75 degrees maximum approach angle B For very large dips ditches or small washes coast in using the engine as a brake transmission and transfer case lowest gears Then use the low ranges in the transmission and transfer case to power out Roll Your Tires Over Large Rocks Do not straddle large rocks drive over them letting the tire cover the rock The tread of the tire is thicker and tougher than the sidewall of the tire and is more resilient to impact than underbody components Log Crossing Using the proper technique your vehicle will cross logs up to 10 inches 25 4 cm in diameter Approach the log at approximately a 15 degree angle A with the transmission in FIRST 1 and the transfer case in Four Wheel Low Lock and walk your vehicle over one tire at a time It may be necessary to modulate your brake pedal and accelerator to avoid spin out Ease the vehicle down from the log with your brake 4 21 Driving on Off Road Hills Off road driving often takes you up down or across a hill Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and an understanding of what your vehicle can and cannot do There are some hills that simply cannot be driven no matter how well built the vehicle A CAUTION Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you will stall If you drive down them you cannot control your
333. r Steering Fluid on page 5 36 Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick If Equipped See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5 21 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Radiator Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 31 Remote Negative Terminal GND See Jump Starting on page 5 42 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Positive Battery Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 42 Brake Fluid Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 38 Engine Compartment Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 103 Battery See Battery on page 5 41 Hydraulic Clutch Fluid Reservoir If Equipped See Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 26 When you open the hood on the 5 3L engine this is what you will see ide C rc z S WA aA Pos PX eee h g fy WV Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Air Filter Restriction Indicator If Equipped See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 37 Engine Coolant Recovery Tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 27 Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick If Equipped See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5 21 Engi
334. r airbag status child restraint in the right front passenger s indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on seat if the airbag is turned on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate 3 30 If after several seconds both status indicator lights a remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a A CAUTION problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag of the airbag s See Airbag Meadiness Light status indicator it means that the passenger sensing on page 3 29 for m
335. r motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed 5 101 Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Power and Heated Seat Circuit Breakers There is a circuit breaker located underneath the driver s side front seat that controls the power and heated seat functions 5 102 Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can Engine Compartment Fuse Block To remove the cover push in on the tabs at the ends of t
336. r retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 1 30 Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt until the child passes the below fit test e Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no try using the rear safety belt comfort guide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 24 for more information If the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder then return to the booster seat e Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Can proper safety belt fit be maintained fo
337. r test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed 3 37 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced the battery or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 3 38 Oil Pressure Light A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle
338. re adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Gasoline Octane Use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emi
339. refully loosen or thaw them If your blades do become worn or damaged get new blades or blade inserts 3 10 Windshield wipers work in all power modes except when set to LOCK After the engine is turned off wipers will work in Retained Accessory Power RAP mode until a door is opened See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 20 Windshield Washer W Washer Fluid There is a paddle marked with the windshield washer symbol at the top of the multifunction lever To spray washer fluid on the windshield push the paddle The wipers will clear the window and then either stop or return to your preset speed A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision Rear Window Wiper Washer This knob is located on the instrument panel below the climate controls W Rear Wiper Turn the knob to 1 for a slower wiping speed or to 2 for a faster wiping speed 0 Off Turn the knob to 0 for off amp Washer Fluid To wash and wipe the window press the button within the knob with this symbol The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle as the windshield washer However the rear window washer will run out of fluid before the windshield washer If the windshield can be washed but not the rear windows check the fluid level Cruise Control With cruise control you can maintain a speed
340. rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was origi
341. rmation Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information A Accessories and Modifications c eee 5 3 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Velite scicscekicsiavadsepesecdneckeavetbedead Arendansndat WSs 1 68 Additives Fuel s c0scccaesaveiesineav essed bsacssacavedessaenwes 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 ceeeeee 5 101 Air Cleaner Filter Engine eeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 5 20 Air Conditioning cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 22 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator ceeeeeeeees 3 30 Readiness Light 0 sceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees 3 29 Airbag System seveccccsioeese concn edavelvevecd saan silenestieneset 1 54 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 61 When Should an Airbag Inflate 0 1 59 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 57 Airbag Systems Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped NGMIGCIG
342. rmation on the automatic dimming compass and temperature features of the mirror see Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Compass and Temperature Display on page 2 41 A CAUTION The Rear Vision Camera RVC system does not replace driver vision RVC does not e Detect objects that are outside the camera s field of view below the bumper or underneath the vehicle e Detect children pedestrians bicyclists or pets Do not back the vehicle by only looking at the rear vision camera screen or use the screen during longer higher speed backing maneuvers or where there could be cross traffic Your judged distances using the screen will differ from actual distances So if you do not use proper care before backing up you could hit a vehicle child pedestrian bicyclist or pet resulting in vehicle damage injury or death Even though the vehicle has the RVC system always check carefully before backing up by checking behind your vehicle 2 45 Area Displayed On Screen The image is provided by the camera located on the rear bumper The camera uses a special lens The distance of the image that appears on the screen differs from the actual distance The area displayed by the camera is limited 2 46 The camera does not display objects which are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper The spare tire and carrier extends rearward of the rear bumper The area displayed on the screen may vary acc
343. roblem shifting then have your vehicle serviced soon Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission Your vehicle has a manual transmission Before you get out of your vehicle move the shift lever into REVERSE R and firmly apply the parking brake Once the shift lever has been placed into REVERSE R with the clutch pedal pressed in turn the ignition key to LOCK remove the key and release the clutch If you are parking on a hill or if your vehicle is pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 50 2 35 Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust A CAUTION A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or park over papers leaves dry grass or other smell It can cause unconsciousness and death things that can burn You might have exhaust coming in if e The exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle e Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and e Have your vehicle fixed immediately 2 36 Running the Engine While Parked It is
344. rofessional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information abou
345. ror Your vehicle has a vanity mirror located on the driver s and passenger s visor IIluminated Visor Vanity Mirror Your vehicle may have an illuminated vanity mirror on both visors Lift the cover on the mirror and the lights will automatically come on Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent fi To activate the content theft deterrent system Your vehicle has a content theft deterrent alarm system 1 Close all the doors 2 Lock the doors with the remote keyless entry transmitter The security light located on the instrument panel cluster will flash If the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed but a door is open the doors will lock the lights may flash and the horn may sound Close the open door and the alarm system will arm 2 14 If a locked door is not opened using the remote keyless entry transmitter or by OnStar the alarm will go off First a pre alarm will sound the horn at reduced intensity for 10 seconds Then the front turn signal lamps will flash for two minutes and the horn will sound for two minutes The alarm will then turn off to save battery power Starting the engine with the correct key will shut off the pre alarm or alarm at any time Remember the theft d
346. rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A ora dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available 1 43 Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations at Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat Each outboard seating position in the rear seat has exposed metal lower anchors in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion The top tether anchors are located on the back of the rear seatbacks Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed 1 44 Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if
347. rride on page 3 20 Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 19 Fog Lamps on page 3 19 and OnStar System on page 2 48 H Parking Brake Release See Parking Brake on page 2 32 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 48 Climate Control System See Climate Control System on page 3 22 Rear Washer Wiper Control See Rear Window Wiper Washer on page 3 11 Off Road Lamps Buttons See Off Road Lamps on page 3 18 Shift Lever See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 23 or Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 26 Accessory Power Outlets See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 21 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 56 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers let you warn the police and others that you have a problem The front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located towards the center of the instrument panel Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off While the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals do not work The hazard warning flashers work no matter what position the key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition switch Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set one up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn To sound the horn press the horn symbol on the
348. rst need to set up Set the parking brake firmly the wheel blocks before changing it They are located in the tool bag in the swing gate See Removing the Put the shift lever In PARK F Spare Tire and Tools B 5 81 for more cancion If you have a four wheel drive vehicle be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear not in NEUTRAL CAUTION Continued 5 79 To use the wheel blocks Then use the following as a guide to assist you in the lift the wheel block and placement of the wheel blocks lock into place The following information will tell you next how to use the jack and change a tire 5 80 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 Undo the straps that secure the jack tool bag to the jack The equipment you will need is located in the 6 Open the tool bag and you will find the following swing gate behind a cover To remove the equipment tools which you will use to remove the spare tire 1 Open the swing gate See Swing gate on and flat tire page 2 10 for more information 2 Remove the cover located on the inside of the swing gate by lifting the two latches naan 1 ep a tT ISI ye Te S e A Wheel Wrench C Jack Handle 3 Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to release the B Jack Handle D Jack jack tool bag and jack Extensions E Wheel Blocks 4 Remove the tool bag and jack from its compartment 5 81 The spare tire is attached to the outside of the swing gate To remo
349. s PK3 stamped on it 2 Insert the current driver s key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the second current driver s key in the ignition and start the engine within ten seconds of removing the previous key If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 5 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to ON RUN within ten seconds of removing the previous key The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 6 Repeat the Steps 1 through 5 if additional keys are to be programmed If the security light comes on and stays on while driving you will be able to restart the engine if you turn it off The theft deterrent system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer retailer Your vehicle is not protected by the theft deterrent system at this time In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines
350. s is now in zone mode Keep pressing the until the desired zone number appears in the display Release the button After approximately four seconds of inactivity the new zone number will be locked in and the compass temperature display will return Cleaning the Mirror Use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that could cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Compass and Temperature Display Your vehicle may have this mirror When on an automatic dimming mirror will dim to the proper level to minimize glare from lights behind you after dark The mirror also includes a dual display in the upper right corner of the mirror with the compass reading and the outside temperature F Briefly press this button to turn the display on or off Your vehicle may also have a Rear Vision Camera See Rear Vision Camera on page 2 44 for more information Temperature Display The temperature can be displayed by pressing the compass temperature button Pressing the compass temperature button once briefly will toggle the display reading on and off To alternate the temperature reading between Fahrenheit and Celsius press and hold the compass temperature button for approximately three seconds until the display blinks F and C After approximately five seconds of inactivity the display will stop blink
351. se the lever to lock the seatback in place 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked To return the seatback to an upright position 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving 1 6 Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the
352. secoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage your vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter 5 96 Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However you may use chrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield and backglass with glass cle
353. section within www gmcanada com Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs HUMMER has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with HUMMER by dialing 1 800 833 6537 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices HUMMER encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail HUMMER refer to the addresses below United States Customer Assistance HUMMER Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33177 Detroit MI 48232 5177 www HUMMER com 1 866 HUMMER6 1 866 486 6376 1 800 833 6537 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 866 HUMMER6 1 866 486 6376 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit M
354. service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help contact the HUMMER Consumer Relations Manager by calling 1 866 HUMMER6 486 6376 Customer Assistance prompt In Canada contact GM of Canada Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French 7 2 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting HUMMER please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is w
355. serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This light will come on briefly when you start your engine If it does not have your vehicle serviced When the light comes on and stays on it means that oil is not flowing through your engine properly You could be low on oil and you might have some other system problem Security Light f Cruise Control Light For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 14 This light comes on y whenever you set the cruise control The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 11 for more information Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 for more information 3 39 Fuel Gage gt OSFA Tio E United States Canada When the ignition is on the fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have remaining in the fuel tank Here are three things that some owners ask about None of these indicate a problem with your fuel gage e Atthe gas station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full e It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indic
356. shade Operation The sunshade automatically opens with the sunroof but can be manually pulled shut after the sunroof is closed To adjust the sunshade push it backward or pull it forward to the desired position The sunshade cannot be adjusted further than the current closed position of the sunroof Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview eeee 3 4 Electric Power Management iacci 3 20 Hazard Warning Flashers c eeeeeeeneeeee ees 3 6 Battery Run Down Protection eee 3 20 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 6 Accessory Power Outlet S ceeeeeeeeee ees 3 21 Honeen nae nace nengatnis O 3 6 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 3 22 Tilt Wheel Suseeiies pes bessrinssnstensrrnnnnnntennrtnnnnntemt 3 7 Omate lOO oS fja 3 22 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ssss1s111 3 7 Climate Control System ccceceeeeeeeeeneeeeees 3 22 Turn and Lane Change Signals 21 2 3 8 Outlet AdjUS MEN lt i lt cessececssisiarmnneraaaierarsaie 3 24 ao a PASS enn 39 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 9 25 Windshield Wipers cccccccceseseseseseseseseseeeees 3 10 Instrument Panel Cluster 0 sees 3 26 Windshield Washer 00 scesssesssneeseees e nes Ae ce Rear Window Wiper Washer s c 3 11 piece ace i ee ae 3 27 Se seis eae ke AS ne Safety Belt Reminders cccccccccssesesseeveeeseeees
357. size occupants If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again Z CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 for more on this including important safety information A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment other than any that GM has approved for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 68 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servi
358. spect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed k Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your dealer retailer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by your warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 27 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check C
359. spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 11 If your vehicle has a Driver information Center DIC a TRACTION FAULT message will appear when a Traction Control System or Anti Lock Brake System problem has been detected and the vehicle needs service See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 for more information When this message is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly The traction control system automatically comes on whenever you start your vehicle To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system on But you can turn the traction control system off if you ever need to ee ee To turn the system off press and hold the TCS button for five seconds This light will come on steady when the traction control system has been turned off This light flashes when TCS is active If you press and hold the TC button for five seconds the traction control system will turn off and a TRAC OFF message will appear on the DIC Press the TC button again to turn the system back on The TRAC OFF message will then go off The traction control system will reset itself at each ignition cycle Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on pag
360. ssion control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and your vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for
361. station Press either arrow again or one of the pushbuttons to stop scanning presets To scan preset stations press and hold either arrow for more than four seconds PSC or PSCN displays and the radio produces two beeps The radio goes to a preset station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next preset station Press either arrow again or one of the pushbuttons to stop scanning presets The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information XM Satellite Radio Service If the current station has a message the information symbol displays Press to see the message The message can display the artist song title call in phone numbers etc If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message appears every three seconds To scroll through the message press and release this button A new group of words display after every press of this button Once the complete message has displayed the information symbol disappears from the display until another new message is received The last message can be displayed by pressing the I button You can view the last message until a new message is received or a different station is tuned to When a message is not available from a station NO INFO displays 1 6 Preset Pushbutions Radio with Six Disc CD Player Press to play stations that are programmed on the radio preset pushbuttons The radio only seeks preset stations wit
362. suddenly or change direction quickly When you drive over obstacles or rough terrain keep a firm grip on the steering wheel Ruts troughs or other surface features can jerk the wheel out of your hands if you are not prepared When possible it is a good practice to survey the landscape ahead on foot prior to driving to observe hidden obstacles When you drive over bumps rocks or other obstacles the wheels can leave the ground If this happens even with one or two wheels you cannot control the vehicle as well or at all Because you will be on an unpaved surface it is especially important to avoid sudden acceleration sudden turns or sudden braking In a way off road driving requires a different kind of alertness from driving on paved roads and highways There are no road signs posted speed limits or signal lights You have to use your own good judgment about what is safe and what is not Drinking and driving can be very dangerous on any road And this is certainly true for off road driving At the very time you need special alertness and driving skills your reflexes perceptions and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You could have a serious or even fatal accident if you drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking See Drunk Driving on page 4 2 4 20 Crossing Obstacles Approach Angle a Key to Mobility If you encounter a large dip in the terrain do not ente
363. t Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 43 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Example 1 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how Toal this reduces the available cargo and luggage em ree Capacity load capacity of your vehicle A Weight for 483 kg See Towing a Trailer on page 4 50 for Example 1 important information on towing a trailer Subtract towing safety and trailering tips Occupant Weight 300 Ibs 136 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 Available Cargo o Agi 700 ts 17 a 4 44 Example 2 Example 3 Item Description Total __ Item Description Total
364. t be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you Know when there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your vehicle s warning lights and gages They can be a big help Your vehicle may also have a Driver Information Center DIC that works along with the warning lights and gages See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 40 for more information 3 25 Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going about how much fuel you have used and many other things you will need to know to drive safely and economically HERR N HHE km HABBO rae United States 3 7L L5 Automatic Transmission version shown 5 3L V8 Canada and Manual Transmission similar 3 26 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h The odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven in either miles used in the United States or kilometers used
365. t motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 866 HUMMER6 486 6376 or write HUMMER Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33177 Detroit MI 48232 5177 In Canada call 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational i
366. t of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That s the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you ll be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Consider using a sway control See Hitches later in this section e Don t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles 800 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer don t drive over 50 mph 80 km h and don t make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads If you have an automatic transmission you can tow in DRIVE D You may want to shift the transmission to THIRD
367. t older consult the tire manufacturer for more information Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be followed by a MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 55 for additional information GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 68 for information on proper tire rotatio
368. t see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with the headlamps Let the heater run for a while 4 38 Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free your vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 40 If your vehicle has a traction system it can o
369. tate of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs lf a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave th
370. tation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair If you obtain a rental vehicle on your own please see your dealer for the maximum number of days allowed and the allowance per rental day Rental reimbursement must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a
371. ted out of NEUTRAL the light will go out 4 Release the parking brake Notice Shifting the transmission into gear before the indicator light stops flashing could cause damage to the transfer case Always wait until the indicator light stops flashing before putting the transmission back in gear 5 You may start the engine and shift the transmission to the desired position 2 31 Parking Brake The parking brake pedal is located to the left of the regular brake pedal near the driver s door To set the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down with your right foot Push the parking brake pedal down to its fully applied position with your left foot A chime will activate and the brake warning light located on the instrument panel will flash when the parking brake is applied and the vehicle is moving at least 3 mph 5 km h for at least three seconds The chime will deactivate and the light will turn off when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is moving below 3 mph 5 km h See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 33 2 32 R To release the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down Pull the bottom edge of the lever located above the parking brake pedal with the parking brake symbol directly rearward to release the parking brake If the ignition is on when the parking brake is released the brake system warning light will go off Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat t
372. tem see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for top tether anchor locations 1 51 Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 52 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks
373. tenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 655 7 2 Online Owner Center 0cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 0 00ee 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices 0 eeeee 7 5 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeee ees 7 6 Scheduling Service Appointments 000 7 Courtesy Transportation ccceseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 7 9 Collision Damage Repair ceceeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 11 Customer Assistance Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 00 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to HUMMER Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or
374. ter speeds water splashes on your ignition system and your vehicle can stall Stalling can also occur if you get your tailpipe under water And as long as your tailpipe is under water you will never be able to start your engine When you go through water remember that when your brakes get wet it may take you longer to stop See Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads on page 4 33 for more information on driving through water After Off Road Driving Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody chassis or under the hood These accumulations can be a fire hazard After operation in mud or sand have the brake linings cleaned and checked These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking Check the engine and oil coolers and underbody skid shields for mud accumulation Thoroughly and carefully clean these devices to allow proper cooling Check the body structure steering suspension underbody shields wheels tires and exhaust system for damage Also check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to off road use See the Maintenance Schedule for additional information Assist Steps If your vehicle has removable side steps remove the steps prior to off roading to give your vehicle more ground clearance and to prevent damage to the vehicle from the side steps dragging and or catching on obstacles Notice Do not drive off road with the side st
375. the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You have a lot less traction or grip and need to be very careful 4 36 What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it can offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution The Traction Control System TCS improves your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery road TCS improves your ability to accelerate See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 39 Even though you have TCS slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions Under certain conditions you might want to turn the TCS off such as when driving through deep snow and loose gravel to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 The Antilock Brake System ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop ona slippery road Even though you have ABS begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement See Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 4 e
376. the CD symbol displays As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner Care of Your CDs If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD R s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Care of Your CD Player Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens
377. the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor 1 45 A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Secure any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull th
378. the shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N The engine will not start in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Do not try to shift to PARK P if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Manual Transmission The shift lever should be in neutral position and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal down to the floor and start the engine Your vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down That is a safety feature Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this syste
379. there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 30 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 33 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder b
380. tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will Know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts wheel nuts or Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts wheel nuts and TPMS sensors for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notic
381. to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle 5 27 What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and the proper coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by
382. traint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it 1 39 Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint 1 40 Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child A CAUTION restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to A child in a rear facing
383. u start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the procedure See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer retailer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter The engine air cleaner filter is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 20 When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page
384. uch friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 42 CAUTION Continued 5 54 CAUTION Continued Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into the sidewall The following illustrations are examples of a typical P Metric and a LT Metric tire sidewall PC SPEC 1155 ose DOT MALABO as s X y ey Passenger P Metric Tire A Tire Size The tire size code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code mold
385. uld be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 5 43 10 11 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move
386. uld not be lubricated unless their temperature is 10 F 12 C or higher or they could be damaged a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts signs of wear or lack of lubrication Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Visually check constant velocity joints rubber boots and axle seals for leaks Rotate and inspect U joints retainers and bolts on rear drive shaft for seizing or loosening c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 52 and Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades on page 5 97 for more information e Make sure the safety belt remin
387. ur manual transmission does not require changing How to Check Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at your GM dealer retailer service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid Check the fluid level only when your engine is off the vehicle is parked on a level place and the transmission is cool enough for you to rest your fingers on the transmission case Then follow these steps 1 Remove the filler plug 2 Check that the lubricant level is up to the bottom of the filler plug hole 3 If the fluid level is good install the plug and be sure it is fully seated If the fluid level is low add more fluid as described in the next steps How to Add Fluid Here is how to add fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 1 Remove the filler plug 2 Add fluid at the filler plug hole Add only enough fluid to bring the fluid level up to the bottom of the filler plug hole 3 Install the filler plug Be sure the plug is fully seated 5 25 Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting
388. ur vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 28 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The person keeps going until stopped by something The rider does not stop In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such
389. ure 7 Replace the license plate lamp assembly and tighten the two screws Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamp Bulb Number Back up Lamp Stoplamp Taillamp and Turn Signal Lamp 3157K License Plate Lamp Low Beam and High Beam H13 Headlamp For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retailer 5 52 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For proper type and length see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 To replace the windshield wiper blade assembly do the following 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release lever B to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm A out of the blade C 3 Push the new wiper blade securely on the wiper arm until you hear the release lever click into place To replace the rear wiper blade lift the rear wiper arm from the window and pull the blade Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too m
390. urned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat 1 63 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system 1 64 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s dire
391. ve the spare tire 1 If your vehicle has a spare tire cover release the latch by pulling the latch straight back and turning it away from the cover at the same time 5 82 Notice Opening the endgate before completely closing and latching the spare tire cover may result in damage to your vehicle Close and latch the spare tire cover before opening the endgate to avoid possible damage 2 Remove the center cap if equipped by placing the flat end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and gently pry the center cap out 3 Use the wheel wrench to remove the wheel nuts securing the spare tire If your vehicle has locking lug nuts the key is supplied in the tool bag Use the key along with the wheel wrench to remove the wheel nuts from the tire Pull off and gently lower the spare tire to the ground Set it next to the flat tire In order to remove the spare tire you may need someone to assist you Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 Do a safety check before proceeding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 for more information 2 Remove the center cap by placing the flat end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and gently pry the center cap out 3 Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet If your vehicle has locking lug nuts the key is supplied in the tool bag Use the key along with the wheel wrench to re
392. vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty 5 30 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer See Driving on Grades under Towing a Trailer on page 4 50 If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL and let the engine idle 2 Turn off the air conditioning 3 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked Push down the accelerator until the engine speed is about twice as fast as normal idle speed for at least three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it co
393. vering 4 Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar or window opening If you do the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked If your vehicle has roof rail airbags never secure anything to the roof of your vehicle by routing the rope or tie down through any door The roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows 1 58 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than
394. very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 5 78 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire CAUTION Continued If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your Turn off the engine and do not restart hazard warning flashers while the vehicle is raised A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle from moving When you have a flat tire you will fi
395. when the vehicle is used off road These lamps are not intended to be used in place of existing vehicle lighting The lamps are not to be used on any public street or highway and are to be covered when not in use Check your state and local laws before installing or using any auxiliary lighting In some states it may be necessary to remove the roof lamps when operating the vehicle on the highway S Roof Mounted Off Road Light Switch C Lower Grille Off Road Light Switch The switches for the off road lamps are located in the center of the instrument panel below the climate controls One switch is used for the front lower grille mounted off road lamps if the vehicle has them and the other switch is used for the roof mounted off road lamps if the vehicle has them To use the lamps remove the covers from the lamps and press the switch to turn them on or off An indicator light on the switch will turn on when the lamps are on Notice Turning on the off road lamps before removing the lamp covers could damage the off road lamps and the covers Always remove the covers before turning on the off road lamps The off road lamps remain on even after the ignition is turned off The off road lamp switch must be pressed to turn them off Fog Lamps Your vehicle has fog lamps You can use them for better vision in foggy or misty conditions Your parking lamps and or low beam headlamps must be on for your f
396. with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the GAWR for either the front or rear axle If you do have a heavy load you should spread it out Similar appearing vehicles may have different GVWRs and capacity weights Please note your vehicle s Certification Tire label or consult your dealer for additional details A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Using heavier suspension components to get added durability might not change your weight ratings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle
397. y U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control your vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of your vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 5 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 33 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver
398. y briefly press the reset stem to set your choice The DIC display then clears The following are the available modes RFA 1 default This mode flashes the parking lamps when you press the lock or unlock buttons on the RKE transmitter RFA 2 This mode flashes the parking lamps and sounds the horn when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter This mode also flashes the parking lamps when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter RFA 3 This mode flashes the parking lamps and sounds the horn when you press the lock or unlock buttons on the RKE transmitter RFA 4 This mode disables RKE feedback There will be no feedback when you press the lock or unlock buttons on the RKE transmitter DIC Warnings and Messages Messages are displayed on the DIC to notify the driver that the status of the vehicle has changed and that some action may be needed by the driver to correct the condition Multiple messages may appear one after another The messages are displayed for several seconds each Some messages may not require immediate action but you should press and release the trip odometer reset stem to acknowledge that you received the messages and to clear them from the display Each message must be acknowledged individually Some messages cannot be cleared from the DIC display because they are more urgent These messages require action before they can be cleared You should take any messages that appear on the dis
399. y to lock the doors automatically when the vehicle speed is greater than 15 mph 24 km h The doors will unlock when the key is removed from the ignition To personalize the automatic door locks see Automatic Door Locks under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 40 Rear Door Security Locks With this feature you can lock the rear doors so they cannot be opened from the inside DD R To engage the security locks do the following The rear door security lock is located on the inside edge of each rear door 1 Open one of the rear doors 2 Using your ignition key turn the lock toward the front of the vehicle 3 Close the door 4 Repeat these steps on the other rear door If you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on unlock the door and open the door from the outside To disengage the security locks do the following 1 Open one of the rear doors 2 Using your ignition key turn the lock to the vertical position 3 Close the door 4 Repeat these steps on the other rear door Lockout Protection This feature protects you from locking your key in the vehicle when the key is in the ignition and a door is open If the power door lock switch is pressed when a door is open and the key is in the ignition all of the doors will lock and then the driver s door will unlock A chime will sound to indicate that the key has been left in the ignition Swing gate To lock or unlock th
400. you could damage your vehicle s drivetrain The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use the locking rear axle on pavement If you need four wheel drive when traveling on pavement use only 4HI StabiliTrak System Your vehicle has a vehicle stability enhancement system called StabiliTrak It is an advanced computer controlled system that assists you with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions StabiliTrak activates when the computer senses a discrepancy between your intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling StabiliTrak selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle s brakes to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path When you first start your vehicle and begin to drive away the system performs several diagnostic checks to insure there are no problems You may hear or feel the system working This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with your vehicle If there is a problem detected with StabiliTrak a SERVICE STAB SYS message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 43 for more information When this message is displayed the system is not operational Adjust your driving accordingly StabiliTrak comes on automatically whenever you start your vehicle However when the transfer case is placed in Four Wheel Low Lock mode StabiliTrak is aut
401. your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts 5 28 Notice lf you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information Checking Coolant The coolant recovery tank cap has this symbol on it DEX COOL It is located toward the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at FULL COLD or a little higher When your engine is warm the level could be above the FULL COLD level Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank A CAUTION Turning the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly With the coolant recovery tank you will almost never have to add coolant at the radiator Never turn the radiator pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot Add coolant mixture at the recovery tank but be careful not to spill it A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill

Hummer h3 Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents